PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE CO
S-1, 1996-04-04
LIFE INSURANCE
Previous: QUANEX CORP, SC 13G/A, 1996-04-04
Next: SPELLING ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC, 424B3, 1996-04-04



<PAGE>
   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON APRIL 4, 1996
    
   
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 33-
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                    FORM S-1
    
                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>                                    <C>
             TENNESSEE                             63-0169720                                6355
  (State or other jurisdiction of               (I.R.S. Employer                 (Primary Standard Industrial
  incorporation or organization)             Identification Number)                  Classification Code)
</TABLE>
 
                             2801 Highway 280 South
                           Birmingham, Alabama 35223
                                 (205) 879-9230
 
    (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                         of principal executive office)
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                  Carolyn King
              Senior Vice President, Investment Products Division
    
                       Protective Life Insurance Company
                                 P. O. Box 2606
                           Birmingham, Alabama 35202
                                 (205) 879-9230
 
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                            ------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
         Stephen E. Roth, Esq.                  Lizabeth R. Nichols, Esq.
      Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan          Protective Life Insurance Company
     1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.                   P. O. Box 2606
      Washington, D.C. 20004-2404               Birmingham, Alabama 35202
 
                            ------------------------
 
   
    APPROXIMATE  DATE OF  COMMENCEMENT OF  PROPOSED SALE  TO PUBLIC:  As soon as
practicable following the effective date of this registration statement.
    
                            ------------------------
 
    If any of the securities  that have been registered on  this Form are to  be
offered  on  a  delayed or  continuous  basis  pursuant to  Rule  415  under the
Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. /X/
 
   
    Pursuant to  Rule 429  under  the Securities  Act  of 1933,  the  prospectus
contained herein also relates to Registration Statement Nos. 33-31940, 33-39345,
and 33-57052.
    
                            ------------------------
 
   
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PROPOSED         PROPOSED         AMOUNT OF
    TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF       AMOUNT TO BE       OFFERING         AGGREGATE      REGISTRATION
 SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED      REGISTERED     PRICE PER UNIT   OFFERING PRICE         FEE
<S>                             <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
Annuity Contracts &
 Participating Interests
 Therein                               *                *          $200,000,000*     $68,965.52
</TABLE>
    
 
   
*   The  maximum aggregate offering price is estimated solely for the purpose of
    determining the  registration  fee.  The amount  being  registered  and  the
    proposed  maximum offering price  per unit are not  applicable in that these
    contracts are not issued in predetermined amounts or units.
    
                            ------------------------
 
   
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE  OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE  A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A)  OF
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE  AS THE COMMISSION ACTING  PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION  8(A)
SHALL DETERMINE.
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                       Cross Reference Sheet Pursuant to
                          Regulation S-K, Item 501(b)
 
             FORM S-1 ITEM NUMBER AND CAPTION HEADING IN PROSPECTUS
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>                                           <C>
       1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and
           Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus......  Outside Front Cover Page
       2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
           Prospectus..................................  Capsule Summary of the Contract; Table of
                                                         Contents
       3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio
           of Earnings to Fixed Charges................  Outside Front Cover Page; Capsule Summary
                                                         of the Contract; Glossary of Special
                                                         Terms
       4.  Use of Proceeds.............................  Investments by Protective
       5.  Determination of Offering Price.............  Not Applicable
       6.  Dilution....................................  Not Applicable
       7.  Selling Security Holders....................  Not Applicable
       8.  Plan of Distribution........................  Distribution of Contracts
       9.  Description of Securities to be
           Registered..................................  Capsule Summary of the Contract;
                                                         Description of Contracts, Appendix B;
                                                         Appendix C
      10.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel......  Not Applicable
      11.  Information with Respect to the
           Registrant..................................  Protective Life Insurance Company;
                                                         Executive Officers and Directors;
                                                         Executive Compensation; Financial
                                                         Statements; Legal Proceedings
      12.  Disclosure of Commission Position on
           Indemnification for Securities Act
           Liabilities.................................  Undertakings
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
P R O S P E C T U S
 
   
                     MODIFIED GUARANTEED ANNUITY CONTRACTS
    
   
                                   Issued by
                       Protective Life Insurance Company
                                 ("Protective")
                                 P.O. Box 2606
                           Birmingham, Alabama 35202
                                 (205) 879-9230
    
                            ------------------------
 
   
    This  Prospectus describes interests in  a Group Modified Guaranteed Annuity
Contract and  an  Individual  Modified Guaranteed  Annuity  Contract.  Both  are
designed  and offered to provide annuity  payments in connection with retirement
programs that may or may not qualify for special income tax treatment under  the
Internal  Revenue Code. With respect to the Group Contract, eligible individuals
include persons who have established accounts with certain broker-dealers  which
have  entered  into  distribution agreements  to  offer interests  in  the Group
Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract, and members of other eligible groups. (See
"Distribution of Contracts"). An Individual Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract
is offered in certain states.
    
 
    Participation in a Group  Contract will be separately  accounted for by  the
issuance  of a  Certificate evidencing your  interest under  the Group Contract.
Participation in  an Individual  Contract is  evidenced by  the issuance  of  an
Individual Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract. The Group Contract, Certificate
and  Individual Modified Guaranteed  Annuity Contract are  hereafter referred to
collectively as the "Contract".
 
   
    An Annuity Deposit of at  least $10,000 is required  in order to purchase  a
Contract.  Additional Annuity Deposit(s) can be made to the Contract. Regardless
of the number  of Annuity  Deposit(s) made, only  one Contract  will be  issued.
Protective  Life Insurance Company reserves the  right to limit the total amount
of your Annuity Deposit(s).
    
 
   
    Each Annuity Deposit (less Premium  Taxes, if applicable) will be  allocated
at your direction to one or more Sub-Accounts which correspond to the Guaranteed
Periods  chosen by you  and will accumulate  at the Guaranteed  Interest Rate or
Rates applicable to such Guaranteed  Periods established by Protective.  Several
Guaranteed  Periods  are  currently offered  by  the Company.  PARTIAL  AND FULL
SURRENDERS MADE PRIOR  TO THE END  OF A GUARANTEED  PERIOD MAY BE  SUBJECT TO  A
SURRENDER  CHARGE, AND WILL BE SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT, WHICH COULD
EITHER INCREASE OR DECREASE YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE.
    
 
   
    PLEASE READ  THIS PROSPECTUS  CAREFULLY. INVESTORS  SHOULD KEEP  A COPY  FOR
FUTURE REFERENCE.
    
 
AN  INVESTMENT IN THE CONTRACT IS NOT  A DEPOSIT OR OBLIGATION OF, OR GUARANTEED
OR ENDORSED BY, ANY BANK, NOR IS  THE CONTRACT FEDERALLY INSURED BY THE  FEDERAL
DEPOSIT  INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER  GOVERNMENT AGENCY. AN INVESTMENT IN
THE CONTRACT  INVOLVES CERTAIN  RISKS, INCLUDING  THE LOSS  OF ANNUITY  DEPOSITS
(PRINCIPAL).
                            ------------------------
 
THESE  SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION  NOR HAS THE  SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION PASSED  UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
   
                   The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 1996
    
<PAGE>
                        CAPSULE SUMMARY OF THE CONTRACT
 
   
    This Prospectus describes Group  and Individual Modified Guaranteed  Annuity
Contracts  issued by Protective  Life Insurance Company.  These Contracts may be
issued to any eligible employer, entity  or other organized group acceptable  to
us or to an individual in certain states.
    
 
    The  Contract may  be issued  pursuant to  nonqualified retirement  plans or
plans qualifying  for  special  tax  treatment  such  as  Individual  Retirement
Annuities or Accounts, H.R. 10 plans, corporate pension or profit-sharing plans,
Tax-Sheltered  Annuities or  Section 457  Deferred Compensation  ("Section 457")
plans.
 
   
    You must submit  properly completed  application information  along with  an
Annuity  Deposit to receive a Contract. Your  initial Annuity Deposit must be at
least $10,000 unless approved by the Company. Additional Annuity Deposits can be
made to the Contract.  Regardless of the number  of Annuity Deposits made,  only
one  Contract will be issued. We reserve the  right to limit the total amount of
your Annuity Deposit(s). Each Annuity Deposit  will be allocated to one or  more
Sub-Accounts  which correspond to  the Guaranteed Periods  that you specify. The
minimum allocation to a  Sub-Account is $10,000.  You select Initial  Guaranteed
Period(s)  from among  those offered by  Protective. A Guaranteed  Period is the
period of years for which  a rate of interest  is guaranteed. During an  Initial
Guaranteed   Period,  the  portion  of  your  Annuity  Deposit  allocated  to  a
Sub-Account and any initial interest credited thereon will earn interest at  the
applicable  Initial Guaranteed Interest Rate as established by Protective, as an
effective interest rate after daily compounding of interest has been taken  into
account.
    
 
   
    Unless  you elect a different  duration from among those  then offered by us
within twenty days prior to or ten  days after the end of an Initial  Guaranteed
Period, the corresponding Sub-Account Value will be automatically transferred to
a  Subsequent Guaranteed Period of  either (i) the same  duration as the Initial
Guaranteed Period if  then offered  by us; or  (ii) the  shortest duration  then
offered  by us which is  closest to the same  duration as the Initial Guaranteed
Period. The Sub-Account Value as of the first day of each Subsequent  Guaranteed
Period   will  earn  interest  at   the  Subsequent  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate.
PROTECTIVE'S MANAGEMENT WILL MAKE THE FINAL DETERMINATION AS TO GUARANTEED RATES
TO BE DECLARED. WE CANNOT PREDICT  NOR DO WE GUARANTEE FUTURE GUARANTEED  RATES.
(See "Establishment of Guaranteed Interest Rates").
    
 
   
    We make no charges to your Annuity Deposit when it is received by us (except
deduction for premium taxes, where applicable). Full and partial surrenders from
each  Sub-Account  are  permitted subject  to  certain restrictions.  A  full or
partial surrender made prior to the end  of a Guaranteed Period will be  subject
to  a Market Value  Adjustment and may  be subject to  a Surrender Charge, which
could result in the  receipt of less than  your Annuity Deposit(s). A  Surrender
Charge  will  apply  during the  first  seven  years of  each  Initial  and each
Subsequent Guaranteed Period. For each  Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed  Period
with  durations  longer than  seven years,  a Surrender  Charge will  only apply
during the  first seven  years. The  Surrender Charge  is equal  to a  specified
Surrender  Charge Percentage (maximum 6%) applied to  the amount of each full or
partial surrender requested less any amount available as an Interest Withdrawal.
(See "Interest Withdrawals" and "Surrender Charges").
    
 
   
    You may withdraw all  or a portion  of the interest  that has been  credited
during  the prior Contract Year at any  time during the current Contract Year if
you so request in  a form and  manner acceptable to  Protective. We reserve  the
right  to limit such  withdrawals to once  during a Contract  Year. No Surrender
Charge or Market Value Adjustment will be imposed on such Interest  Withdrawals.
Any  such withdrawal may, however, be subject  to tax, including the 10% penalty
tax under the Internal Revenue Code.
    
 
   
    A Market Value  Adjustment is  applied when you  request a  full or  partial
surrender  from a Sub-Account  prior to the end  of the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
Period. The Market Value  Adjustment reflects the  relationship between (i)  the
Treasury  Rate currently established for the  same term as the Guaranteed Period
    
<PAGE>
   
from which the full or  partial surrender is being  made, and (ii) the  Treasury
Rate  initially established  for the  Guaranteed Period  from which  the full or
partial surrender  is being  made. The  Treasury Rate  is the  annual  effective
interest  rate credited to United States Treasury instruments, as published by a
nationally recognized service. It is possible that Treasury Rates may be  higher
at  the  time  of surrender  than  at  the time  a  Sub-Account  is established;
therefore the amount you would receive upon a full or partial surrender of  your
Contract  may be less than the portion of your Annuity Deposit allocated to each
Sub-Account plus any interest credited thereon. If such Treasury Rates are lower
at the time  of surrender than  at the  time a Sub-Account  is established,  the
amount  you would receive upon a full or  partial surrender may be more than the
portion of your Annuity Deposit allocated to each Sub-Account plus any  interest
credited thereon. (See "Market Value Adjustment").
    
 
   
    Partial  or  full surrenders  are  generally taxable,  and  may also  may be
subject to a 10% penalty tax under the Internal Revenue Code (See the discussion
on page  ). We may defer payment  of any full or partial surrender for a  period
not  exceeding 6 months from the date of our receipt of your notice of surrender
or the period permitted by state insurance law, if less.
    
 
   
    On the Annuity Commencement  Date specified by you,  Protective will make  a
lump-sum  payment or  start to  pay a  series of  payments based  on the Annuity
Option selected by you. Surrender Charges and a Market Value Adjustment will  be
deducted  upon the application of your Net  Account Value to purchase an Annuity
on the Annuity Commencement Date. To elect an Annuity Option you must notify  us
of  the  Annuity  Option  you  are  electing,  30  days  prior  to  the  Annuity
Commencement Date. (See "Annuity Benefits").
    
 
   
    This Contract provides for a Death  Benefit. If any Participant dies  before
the   Annuity  Commencement  Date  a  Death  Benefit  will  be  payable  to  the
Beneficiary. If  no Beneficiary  designation is  in  effect or  if there  is  no
designated  Beneficiary living, the Death Benefit will  be paid to the estate of
the deceased Participant. If any Participant is not an individual, the death  or
change of Annuitant will be treated as the death of a Participant.
    
 
   
    The  Death  Benefit will  generally equal  the greater  of: (1)  the Account
Value, less applicable Premium  Taxes; or (2) the  Net Account Value. The  Death
Benefit  is calculated  as of  the date due  proof of  death is  received by the
Company. If a claim is received six (6) months after the date of death, however,
the Death Benefit will equal the Net  Account Value. If any Participant of  this
Contract  is not a natural  person, upon the change  of the Annuitant, the Death
Benefit will equal  the Net  Account Value. Only  one Death  Benefit is  payable
under   this  Contract,  even   though  the  Contract   may  continue  beyond  a
Participant's death.
    
 
   
    The Death Benefit may be  paid in one sum. In  all events, the entire  Death
Benefit, including any interest accrued thereon, must be distributed within five
years  of the  date of  death unless:  (a) it  is payable  over the  life of the
Beneficiary with distributions beginning within one  year of the date of  death;
or  (b) it is payable over a period  not extending beyond the life expectancy of
the Beneficiary with  distributions beginning  within one  year of  the date  of
death;  or (c) the deceased Participant's spouse is the Beneficiary and, in lieu
of receiving  the Death  Benefit, continues  the Contract  and becomes  the  new
Participant.
    
 
   
    If  the deceased Participant's spouse continues the Contract and becomes the
new Participant, upon such spouse's death,  a Death Benefit will become  payable
to the new Beneficiary (determined at the time of the spouse's death). The Death
Benefit,  including any interest accrued thereon must be distributed within five
years of the spouse's death.
    
 
   
    Under any Contract subject to Premium Tax, the Premium Tax will be deducted,
as provided under applicable law, from  the Annuity Deposit when received,  upon
full  or partial surrender, from the amount  applied to effect an Annuity at the
time Annuity payments commence, or from the Death Benefit.
    
 
    We will  furnish you  with a  report annually  showing your  Account  Value,
Sub-Account  Values  and  interest credited.  The  report will  not  include our
financial statements.
<PAGE>
    You may cancel your Contract within  twenty days after receipt by  returning
or  mailing it to us or our Agent.  We will refund your Annuity Deposit, and the
Contract will be as though it had never been issued.
 
   
    CONTRACTS PURCHASED PRIOR TO MAY 1,  1996, PROVIDE RIGHTS AND BENEFITS,  AND
MAY  IMPOSE  SURRENDER CHARGES  AND A  MARKET VALUE  ADJUSTMENT, THAT  DIFFER IN
CERTAIN IMPORTANT RESPECTS FROM THE RIGHTS, BENEFITS, CHARGES, AND MARKET  VALUE
ADJUSTMENT DESCRIBED BELOW. A PARTICIPANT SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER CONTRACT. IN
ADDITION,  IF YOU PURCHASED YOUR  CONTRACT PRIOR TO MAY 1,  1996 BUT ON OR AFTER
SEPTEMBER 10, 1991,  YOU SHOULD CONSULT  APPENDIX B TO  THIS PROSPECTUS. IF  YOU
PURCHASED YOUR CONTRACT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 10, 1991, YOU SHOULD CONSULT APPENDIX
C TO THIS PROSPECTUS. IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS REGARDING YOUR CONTRACT, CONTACT OUR
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE.
    
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                ---
<S>  <C>  <C>  <C>                                                                                              <C>
GLOSSARY OF SPECIAL TERMS.....................................................................................    1
DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTS......................................................................................    3
A.        General.............................................................................................    3
B.        Application Information, Annuity Deposit............................................................    3
C.        Initial and Subsequent Guaranteed Periods...........................................................    4
D.        Establishment of Guaranteed Interest Rates..........................................................    6
E.        Surrenders..........................................................................................    6
      1.   Surrender Charges..................................................................................    7
      2.   Market Value Adjustment............................................................................    8
      3.   Interest Withdrawals...............................................................................    9
F.        Premium Taxes.......................................................................................    9
G.        Death Benefit.......................................................................................    9
H.        Annuity Benefits....................................................................................   10
      1.   Electing the Annuity Commencement Date and Form of Annuity.........................................   10
      2.   Change of Annuity Commencement Date, Annuity Option, or Annuitant..................................   10
      3.   Annuity Options....................................................................................   10
      4.   Annuity Payment....................................................................................   11
      5.   Death of Annuitant or Participant After Annuity Commencement Date..................................   11
INVESTMENTS BY PROTECTIVE.....................................................................................   11
OTHER PROVISIONS..............................................................................................   13
A.        Contract Transactions...............................................................................   13
B.        Amendment of Contracts..............................................................................   13
C.        Assignment of Contracts.............................................................................   13
DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS.....................................................................................   13
FEDERAL TAX MATTERS...........................................................................................   14
A.        Introduction........................................................................................   14
B.        The Company's Tax Status............................................................................   14
C.        Taxation of Annuities in General --.................................................................   14
      1.   Tax Deferral During Accumulation Period............................................................   14
      2.   Taxation of Partial and Full Withdrawals...........................................................   15
      3.   Taxation of Annuity Payments.......................................................................   15
      4.   Taxation of Death Benefit Proceeds.................................................................   16
      5.   Penalty Tax on Premature Distributions.............................................................   16
      6.   Aggregation of Contracts...........................................................................   16
D.   Qualified Retirement Plans...............................................................................   16
      1.   In General.........................................................................................   16
           a.  Individual Retirement Annuities................................................................   17
           b.  Simplified Employee Pensions (SEP-IRAs)........................................................   17
           c.  Corporate and Self-Employed ("H.R. 10" and "Keogh") Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans...........   17
           d.  Tax-Sheltered Annuities........................................................................   17
           e.  Deferred Compensation Plans of State and Local Governments and Tax-Exempt Organizations........   17
      2.   Direct Rollover Rules..............................................................................   18
E.   Federal Income Tax Withholding...........................................................................   18
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                ---
<S>  <C>  <C>  <C>                                                                                              <C>
PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY.............................................................................   18
A.        Business............................................................................................   18
B.        Selected Financial Data.............................................................................   22
C.        Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations...............   23
      1.   Results of Operations..............................................................................   23
           a.  Premiums and Policy Fees.......................................................................   23
           b.  Net Investment Income..........................................................................   23
           c.  Realized Investment Gains (Losses).............................................................   24
           d.  Other Income...................................................................................   24
           e.  Income Before Income Tax.......................................................................   25
           f.  Income Tax Expense.............................................................................   27
           g.  Net Income.....................................................................................   27
           h.  Known Trends and Uncertainties.................................................................   27
           i.  Recently Issued Accounting Standards...........................................................   30
      2.   Liquidity and Capital Resources....................................................................   31
      3.   Impact of Inflation................................................................................   34
D.        Insurance in Force..................................................................................   35
E.        Underwriting........................................................................................   36
F.        Investments.........................................................................................   36
G.        Indemnity Reinsurance...............................................................................   40
H.        Reserves............................................................................................   41
I.        Federal Income Tax Consequences.....................................................................   41
J.        Competition.........................................................................................   41
K.        Regulation..........................................................................................   42
L.        Employees...........................................................................................   44
M.        Properties..........................................................................................   44
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS..............................................................................   45
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION........................................................................................   46
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.............................................................................................   54
EXPERTS.......................................................................................................   54
LEGAL MATTERS.................................................................................................   54
REGISTRATION STATEMENT........................................................................................   54
APPENDIX A....................................................................................................  A-1
APPENDIX B....................................................................................................  B-1
APPENDIX C....................................................................................................  C-1
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..........................................................................................  F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
    NO  PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION OR  TO  MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATION OTHER THAN THAT CONTAINED  IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION  WITH
THE  OFFER CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND,  IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION
OR REPRESENTATION  MUST  NOT  BE  RELIED ON  AS  HAVING  BEEN  AUTHORIZED.  THIS
PROSPECTUS  DOES NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER OF,  OR SOLICITATION  OF AN  OFFER TO
ACQUIRE, ANY CONTRACTS OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS IN ANY JURISDICTION TO  ANYONE
TO  WHOM  IT  IS  UNLAWFUL  TO  MAKE  SUCH  AN  OFFER  OR  SOLICITATION  IN SUCH
JURISDICTION.
<PAGE>
                           GLOSSARY OF SPECIAL TERMS
 
    "We",  "Us",  "Our", "Protective",  and "Company"  refer to  Protective Life
Insurance Company. With respect to a Group Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract,
"You", "Your", and  "Participant" refer  to a person/persons  who has/have  been
issued  a Certificate. With respect to an Individual Modified Guaranteed Annuity
Contract, "You", "Your", and "Participant" refer to a person who has been issued
a Contract. The  Group Modified  Guaranteed Annuity  Contract, Certificate,  and
Individual  Modified  Guaranteed Annuity  Contract  are hereinafter  referred to
collectively as "Contract".
 
DEFINITIONS
 
    ACCOUNT VALUE -- The sum of all Sub-Account Values.
 
    ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE -- 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama 35223.
 
   
    ANNUITANT -- Annuity payments may depend  upon the continuation of the  life
of a person. That person is called an Annuitant and is named in the Certificate.
If  an Annuitant is not a Participant and dies prior to the Annuity Commencement
Date, the Participant first named on the Application will become the  Annuitant,
unless  the Participant designates  otherwise. The Annuitant  is the "Payee" for
the purposes of the Annuity Table.
    
 
    ANNUITY -- A series of predetermined periodic payments.
 
    ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- The date on which annuity payments begin.
 
   
    ANNUITY DEPOSIT(S) -- Annuity Deposits  (less Premium Taxes, if  applicable)
made  and allocated to  the Guaranteed Period(s) you  select under the Contract.
Each Annuity Deposit and each allocation to a Guaranteed Period must be at least
$10,000. We reserve the right to limit the amount of your Annuity Deposits. Only
one Contract will  be issued regardless  of the number  of Annuity Deposits  you
make.
    
 
   
    BENEFICIARY  --  The  person  entitled to  receive  the  benefits  under the
Contract, if any, upon the death of any Participant.
    
 
   
      PRIMARY --  The  person named  to  receive  the death  benefits  upon  any
    Participant's  death.  Upon  the  death of  any  Participant,  the surviving
    Participant, if any, will become the Primary Beneficiary.
    
 
   
      CONTINGENT --  The person  named  to receive  the  death benefits  if  the
    Primary  Beneficiary is not living at the  time of a Participant's death. If
    no Beneficiary designation is  in effect or if  no Beneficiary is living  at
    the  time of a  Participant's death, the estate  of the deceased Participant
    will be the Beneficiary.
    
 
   
      IRREVOCABLE -- An irrevocable Beneficiary  is one whose consent is  needed
    to  change the Beneficiary designation, or  to exercise certain other rights
    under the Contract.
    
 
    CERTIFICATE --  The  individual  Certificate  issued by  the  Company  to  a
Participant  or to the Contract Holder  for delivery to the Participant together
with any endorsements attached, and the application information. The Certificate
summarizes the provisions of the Contract and evidences that an Annuity  Deposit
has been made by or on behalf of a Participant under the Contract.
 
    CERTIFICATE  DATE OR CONTRACT DATE -- The  date shown on the Certificate and
on which the Certificate takes  effect. The Contract Date  is the date shown  on
the  Contract and  on which  the Contract  takes effect.  "Certificate Years" or
"Contract Years" are measured from the Certificate Date or Contract Date.
 
    COMPANY -- Protective Life Insurance Company.
 
    CONTRACT -- The  Certificate evidencing  an interest in  the Group  Modified
Guaranteed  Annuity Contract as  set forth in this  Prospectus together with any
endorsements attached, and the application  information. Also, any reference  in
this  Prospectus to Contract  includes the underlying  Group Modified Guaranteed
Annuity Contract and the Individual Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract  issued
in certain states.
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
    GUARANTEED  PERIOD -- The  period for which either  an Initial or Subsequent
Guaranteed Interest Rate  will be credited  to a Sub-Account  under a  Contract.
Guaranteed Periods will be designated as being either "Initial" or "Subsequent".
 
   
    INITIAL  GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE -- For each Annuity Deposit, the effective
rate of interest, calculated after daily compounding of interest has been  taken
into  account,  which  is  used  in  determining  the  interest  credited  to  a
Sub-Account during the Initial Guaranteed Period. The rate(s) applicable to  the
original Annuity Deposit is specified in each Contract.
    
 
    MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT -- The adjustment made to a Sub-Account Value when a
full  or  partial surrender  is  requested prior  to the  end  of an  Initial or
Subsequent Guaranteed Period.
 
    NET ACCOUNT VALUE -- The sum of all Net Sub-Account Values.
 
    NET SUB-ACCOUNT  VALUE --  The Sub-Account  Value after  application of  the
Market  Value Adjustment and deductions for any Surrender Charges and applicable
Premium Taxes.
 
    PARTICIPANT --  The  person(s)  eligible  to  participate  pursuant  to  the
eligibility  requirements set forth in the Contract and for whom the Company has
received an Annuity Deposit.
 
    QUALIFIED PLAN --  Retirement plans  which receive  favorable tax  treatment
under  sections 401, 403, 408,  or 457 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.
 
    SUB-ACCOUNT --  Each  Annuity Deposit  will  be  allocated to  one  or  more
Sub-Accounts as directed by the Participant. Each Sub-Account will correspond to
a specified Guaranteed Period and Guaranteed Interest Rate.
 
   
    SUB-ACCOUNT  VALUES -- The amount equal to that part of each Annuity Deposit
allocated by a Participant to a  Sub-Account(s), or any amount transferred to  a
Sub-Account(s)  at  the end  of a  Guaranteed Period  increased by  all interest
credited and decreased  by amounts due  to previous full  or partial  surrenders
(including  Surrender  Charges,  Market  Value  Adjustments,  and  Premium Taxes
thereon) and  previous  interest  withdrawals. The  Sub-Account  Value  of  each
Sub-Account under this Certificate must be $10,000 at all times.
    
 
    SUBSEQUENT  GUARANTEED  INTEREST RATE  --  The effective  rate  of interest,
calculated after  daily compounding  of interest  has been  taken into  account,
which  is  established by  Protective for  any applicable  Subsequent Guaranteed
Period.
 
   
    SURRENDER CHARGE -- A Surrender Charge, if applicable, is deducted from  any
Sub-Account  Value from which a  full or partial surrender  is made prior to the
end of an Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed Period. A Surrender Charge will apply
during the first  seven years  of each  Initial and  each Subsequent  Guaranteed
Period. The Surrender Charge is equal to a specified Surrender Charge Percentage
(maximum  6%) applied to the amount of  each full or partial surrender requested
less any amount available under Interest Withdrawals.
    
 
    SURRENDER DATE -- The date Protective receives the request for a surrender.
 
    SURRENDER VALUE -- The amount available for a full or partial surrender.
 
    WRITING --  A written  form satisfactory  to the  Company and  filed at  the
Administrative  Office of the Company in Birmingham, Alabama. All correspondence
should be sent to P. O. Box 2606, Birmingham, Alabama 35202.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
   
                            DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTS
    
 
A.  GENERAL
 
    The  Contract  is  a group  allocated  contract pursuant  to  which specific
accounts are maintained for each Participant. The Contract may be issued to  any
employer, entity or other organized group acceptable to Protective. The Contract
may  be  issued  in  connection with  either  Qualified  or  Nonqualified Plans.
Qualified Plans  include "H.R.  10" plans,  Individual Retirement  Annuities  or
Accounts,  corporate pension  and profit-sharing  plans, Tax-Sheltered Annuities
and Section 457 Deferred Compensation  Plans. An Individual Modified  Guaranteed
Annuity Contract is offered in certain states.
 
    An eligible member of a group to which a Contract has been issued may become
a Participant by completing application information and forwarding payment of an
Annuity  Deposit to  us. Protective  reserves the right  to accept  or decline a
request to issue a Contract.  The rights and benefits  of a Participant under  a
Contract  are summarized in a Certificate  issued to the Participant. Provisions
of the Contract are controlling. All  such rights and benefits may be  exercised
without  the consent of the Contract Holder.  However, provisions of any plan in
connection with  which the  Contract has  been issued  may restrict  a  person's
eligibility  to participate under the Contract, the minimum or maximum amount of
the Annuity Deposit, and the Participant's ability to exercise the rights and/or
receive the benefits provided under the Contract.
 
   
    Contracts will be  issued to Protective  Financial Insurance Trust  (AmSouth
Bank,  Birmingham, Alabama, Trustee) as Contract Holder for a group comprised of
account holders of  broker-dealers, employers, or  other entities and  organized
groups.  Participation under  these groups  is not  permissible in  some states.
However, only a group contract is offered  for sale in the State of  California.
An  Individual Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract  may be available in certain
states where participation under this group is not permitted.
    
 
   
    Each  Annuity  Deposit(s)  (less  Premium  Taxes,  if  applicable)  will  be
allocated  at your  direction to one  or more Sub-Accounts  corresponding to the
Guaranteed Periods chosen  by you.  Each Annuity  Deposit will  accumulate at  a
specified Guaranteed Interest Rate. Your Account Value is the sum of all of your
Sub-Account  Values. Each Sub-Account Value is equal to the amount you allocated
to the Sub-Account (either as an Annuity Deposit  or as part of a transfer of  a
Sub-Account  Value  at the  end  of the  previous  Guaranteed Period),  plus the
interest credited thereto at the Guaranteed  Interest Rate, as adjusted for  any
full  or  partial  surrenders  (including  Market  Value  Adjustments, Surrender
Charges, Premium Taxes thereon  and previous interest  withdrawals). We quote  a
Guaranteed  Interest Rate for each Guaranteed  Period currently being offered by
the Company.
    
 
   
    CONTRACTS PURCHASED PRIOR TO MAY 1,  1996, PROVIDE RIGHTS AND BENEFITS,  AND
MAY  IMPOSE  SURRENDER CHARGES  AND A  MARKET VALUE  ADJUSTMENT, THAT  DIFFER IN
CERTAIN IMPORTANT RESPECTS FROM THE RIGHTS, BENEFITS, CHARGES, AND MARKET  VALUE
ADJUSTMENT DESCRIBED BELOW. A PARTICIPANT SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER CONTRACT. IN
ADDITION,  IF YOU PURCHASED YOUR  CONTRACT PRIOR TO MAY 1,  1996 BUT ON OR AFTER
SEPTEMBER 10, 1991,  YOU SHOULD CONSULT  APPENDIX B TO  THIS PROSPECTUS. IF  YOU
PURCHASED YOUR CONTRACT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 10, 1991, YOU SHOULD CONSULT APPENDIX
C TO THIS PROSPECTUS. IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS REGARDING YOUR CONTRACT, CONTACT OUR
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE.
    
 
B.  APPLICATION INFORMATION, ANNUITY DEPOSIT
 
   
    To  apply  for a  Contract, an  Annuity  Deposit must  accompany application
information provided  to Protective.  The minimum  Annuity Deposit  is  $10,000.
Protective  retains the  right to limit  the total amount  of Annuity Deposit(s)
that can be made, without Administrative Office approval. This amount  currently
is $1,000,000.
    
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    You  will start  earning interest  on the day  your Contract  is issued. The
effective date of your Contract will be the date we receive your Annuity Deposit
at our Administrative Office.
 
   
    Additional Annuity Deposit(s) can be made to the Contract. Regardless of the
number of Annuity Deposit(s) made, only one Contract will be issued.
    
 
C.  INITIAL AND SUBSEQUENT GUARANTEED PERIODS
 
   
    You may  select the  duration of  the Guaranteed  Periods for  each  Annuity
Deposit  from among  those durations  then offered  by us.  You may  contact our
Administrative Office for  the Guaranteed Periods  currently being offered.  The
Guaranteed  Period(s)  you  select  for each  of  your  Annuity  Deposit(s) will
determine the  Initial  Guaranteed  Interest Rate  applicable  to  each  Annuity
Deposit.  We  will  establish  a  Sub-Account  corresponding  to  each specified
Guaranteed Interest  Rate and  Guaranteed Period.  The minimum  allocation to  a
Sub-Account  is  $10,000. The  Sub-Account will  earn  interest at  this Initial
Guaranteed Interest Rate  which will be  an effective rate  per year during  the
entire  Initial Guaranteed Period after taking into account daily compounding of
interest.
    
 
    Set forth below is an illustration of how interest will be credited to  your
Account  Value during each Guaranteed Period. For the purpose of this example we
have made the assumptions as indicated.
 
   
NOTE: THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLE ASSUMES NO  SURRENDERS OR WITHDRAWALS OF ANY  AMOUNT
AND  NO PREMIUM  TAX DUE  ON ISSUANCE. A  MARKET VALUE  ADJUSTMENT AND SURRENDER
CHARGE MAY APPLY TO ANY SUCH PARTIAL OR FULL SURRENDER MADE PRIOR TO THE END  OF
A  GUARANTEED  PERIOD (SEE  "SURRENDERS"). THE  HYPOTHETICAL INTEREST  RATES ARE
ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY AND ARE  NOT INTENDED TO PREDICT  FUTURE INTEREST RATES TO  BE
DECLARED  UNDER  THE  CONTRACT. ACTUAL  INTEREST  RATES DECLARED  FOR  ANY GIVEN
GUARANTEED PERIOD MAY BE MORE OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN.
    
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
   
             EXAMPLE OF COMPOUNDING AT THE GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>
Deposit:                                         $100,000.00
Guaranteed Period:                                  5 years
Guaranteed Interest Rate:                             6.00%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   YEAR 1         YEAR 2         YEAR 3         YEAR 4         YEAR 5
                                                -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Beginning of Year 1 Account Value:              $  100,000.00
  X (1 + Guaranteed Interest Rate):                      1.06
  = End of Year 1 Account Value:                $  106,000.00
Beginning of Year 2 Account Value:                             $  106,000.00
  X (1 + Guaranteed Interest Rate):                                     1.06
  = End of Year 2 Account Value:                               $  112,360.00
Beginning of Year 3 Account Value:                                            $  112,360.00
  X (1 + Guaranteed Interest Rate):                                                    1.06
  = End of Year 3 Account Value:                                              $  119,101.60
Beginning of Year 4 Account Value:                                                           $  119,101.60
  X (1 + Guaranteed Interest Rate):                                                                   1.06
  = End of Year 4 Account Value:                                                             $  126,247.70
Beginning of Year 5 Account Value:                                                                          $  126,247.70
  X (1 + Guaranteed Interest Rate):                                                                                  1.06
  = End of Year 5 Account Value:                                                                            $  133,822.56
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Total Interest Credited in Guaranteed Period:    $133,822.56 - $100,000.00 =
    $33,822.56
    
   
    Account Value at End of Guaranteed Period:    $100,000.00 + $33,822.56 =
    $133,822.56
    
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
   
    Unless you  elect to  make a  full surrender  (see "Surrenders"),  for  each
Sub-Account  a Subsequent Guaranteed  Period will automatically  commence at the
end of the Initial  or Subsequent Guaranteed Period  for each Sub-Account.  Upon
notice  to us, Sub-Account Values  can be transferred from  one Sub-Account to a
new Sub-Account  at the  end of  a Guaranteed  Period. You  may not  transfer  a
Sub-Account  Value to any other Sub-Account(s) prior  to the end of the existing
Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period. The amount  remaining in the Sub-Account  after
transfer  must be at least  $10,000. Unless you elect  a different duration from
among those then offered by us within twenty days prior to or ten days after the
end of  the Guaranteed  Period, your  Sub-Account Values  will be  automatically
transferred to a Subsequent Guaranteed Period of either (i) the same duration as
your  previous Guaranteed  Period if  then offered by  us; or  (ii) the shortest
duration then  offered by  us which  is closest  to the  same duration  as  your
previous  Guaranteed Period.  If you  elect a  different duration,  a minimum of
$10,000 must be transferred to the Sub-Account with the different duration,  and
the  amount remaining in the Sub-Account with the same duration must be at least
$10,000, or $0.
    
 
   
    In no event may Initial or  Subsequent Guaranteed Periods extend beyond  the
Annuity  Commencement  Date  then  in effect,  which  cannot  extend  beyond the
Annuitant's 85th  birthday  (or a  date  agreed upon  by  us). Any  request  for
extension  of the maximum Annuity Commencement Date must be approved by the Home
Office. For  example, if  you  are age  62 upon  the  expiration of  an  Initial
Guaranteed  Period for a Sub-Account, and you  have chosen age 65 as the Annuity
Commencement Date,  we  will  automatically  provide  a  three  year  Subsequent
Guaranteed  Period for that  Sub-Account to equal the  number of years remaining
before your Annuity  Commencement Date (unless  a shorter Subsequent  Guaranteed
Period  is requested or is determined  in accordance with the guidelines above).
Your Sub-Account  Value will  then earn  interest at  the Subsequent  Guaranteed
Interest  Rate  which  we  have  declared  for  that  duration.  The  Subsequent
Guaranteed Interest  Rate for  the  Subsequent Guaranteed  Period  automatically
applied  in  these  circumstances  may  be  higher  or  lower  than  the Initial
Guaranteed Rate for longer durations.
    
 
   
    The Sub-Account Value at the  beginning of any Subsequent Guaranteed  Period
will  be equal to  the Sub-Account Value  at the end  of the previous Guaranteed
Period. This Sub-Account Value will  earn interest at the Subsequent  Guaranteed
Interest Rate. The minimum reinvestment of any one Sub-Account is $10,000.
    
 
   
    At  your request  within 20 days  prior to  or ten days  after the  end of a
Guaranteed Period,  we  will provide  you  with the  then  effective  Subsequent
Guaranteed Interest Rate for specified Subsequent Guaranteed Periods. THE ACTUAL
SUBSEQUENT  GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE WILL BE  DETERMINED AT THE BEGINNING OF THE
SUBSEQUENT GUARANTEED PERIOD  YOU SELECT,  OR THAT IS  DETERMINED IN  ACCORDANCE
WITH THE GUIDELINES ABOVE.
    
 
D.  ESTABLISHMENT OF GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES
 
   
    Protective  has no specific formula  for determining the Guaranteed Interest
Rates applicable for  different Guaranteed  Periods. The  determination will  be
reflective  of interest  rates available  on the  types of  instruments in which
Protective intends to invest  the proceeds attributable  to the Contracts.  (See
"Investments  By  Protective"). In  addition,  Protective's management  may also
consider various other factors in determining current Guaranteed Interest  Rates
for a given period, including regulatory and tax requirements; sales commissions
and  administrative expenses borne  by Protective; general  economic trends; and
competitive factors. PROTECTIVE'S MANAGEMENT  WILL MAKE THE FINAL  DETERMINATION
AS  TO GUARANTEED  INTEREST RATES TO  BE DECLARED.  WE CANNOT PREDICT  NOR DO WE
GUARANTEE FUTURE GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES.
    
 
E.  SURRENDERS
 
   
    Full surrenders  from the  Sub-Accounts may  be made  at any  time.  Partial
surrenders  may only  be made  if each remaining  Sub-Account Value  is at least
$10,000.   You    must    specify    the    Sub-Accounts    from    which    the
    
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
partial surrender is to be made. If a Sub-Account has the same Guaranteed Period
as  any  other  Sub-Account, the  partial  surrender  must come  first  from the
Sub-Account with the shortest time remaining in the Guaranteed Period.
 
    In the case of certain Qualified Plans, Federal tax law imposes restrictions
on the form  and manner  in which  benefits may  be paid.  For example,  spousal
consent may be needed in certain instances before a distribution may be made.
 
    1.  SURRENDER CHARGES
 
   
    A  Surrender Charge,  if applicable,  will be applied  to a  full or partial
surrender from a Sub-Account requested prior to the end of a Guaranteed  Period.
A  Surrender Charge will apply during the  first seven years of each Initial and
each Subsequent Guaranteed Period. The Surrender Charge is equal to a  specified
Surrender Charge Percentage (set forth below) applied to the amount of each full
or  partial  surrender  requested  less  any  amount  available  as  an Interest
Withdrawal. The Surrender Charge will be deducted from the remaining Sub-Account
Value from which the full or partial surrender is made.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   NUMBER OF COMPLETED YEARS       SURRENDER CHARGE
    IN A GUARANTEED PERIOD            PERCENTAGE
- -------------------------------  ---------------------
<S>                              <C>
                   0                          6%
                   1                          6%
                   2                          5%
                   3                          4%
                   4                          3%
                   5                          2%
                   6                          1%
                   7+                         0%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    There is no Surrender Charge after the first seven years of each Initial  or
Subsequent  Guaranteed  Periods with  a duration  greater  than seven  years. In
addition, for purposes of determining  amounts subject to the Surrender  Charge,
we  will consider surrendered  amounts first to be  interest withdrawals, to the
extent interest credited to your Sub-Accounts during the prior Contract Year has
not yet been  withdrawn. No  Surrender Charge  (or Market  Value Adjustment)  is
imposed on these interest withdrawal amounts. (See "Interest Withdrawals").
    
 
   
    Surrender  Charges and  Market Value Adjustments  will not apply  to full or
partial surrenders made from Sub-Accounts at the end of an Initial or Subsequent
Guaranteed Period. The Surrender Value will equal the Sub-Account Value on  this
date.  A  request  for  a surrender  at  the  end of  an  Initial  or Subsequent
Guaranteed Period must  be received in  a form acceptable  to Protective  within
twenty  days prior to  or ten days after  the end of  such Initial or Subsequent
Guaranteed Period.
    
 
   
    If the date we receive your request for a full or partial surrender is prior
to the end of  an Initial or Subsequent  Guaranteed Period, the Surrender  Value
will  be calculated as of the Surrender  Date by the Company using the following
formula:
    
 
   
                   SURRENDER VALUE = (A - S - M - P), WHERE:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>    <C>    <S>
  A      =    the amount of the full or partial surrender;
  S      =    the amount of Surrender Charge;
  M      =    the amount of the Market Value Adjustment; and
  P      =    the amount of applicable Premium Taxes;
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
    Protective will, upon the date of receipt of your request, inform you of the
amounts available for full or partial surrenders.
 
   
    Any full or partial surrender may be subject to Federal and state income tax
(see "Federal  Tax Matters").  and, in  some cases,  Premium Tax  (See  "Premium
Taxes").  Under  certain Qualified  Plans,  the consent  of  your spouse  may be
required.   Under   Tax-Sheltered   Annuities   withdrawals   attributable    to
contributions  made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement may be made only in
limited circumstances.
    
 
   
    Surrender Charges and a  Market Value Adjustment will  be deducted upon  the
application  of your  Net Account  Value to purchase  an Annuity  on the Annuity
Commencement Date. To  elect an  Annuity Option you  must notify  us in  writing
within 30 days prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.
    
 
    We  may defer  payment of  any full  or partial  surrender for  a period not
exceeding 6 months from the date of  our receipt of your notice of surrender  or
the period permitted by state insurance law, if less.
 
   
    2.  MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
    
 
   
    The  amount payable on a full or partial  surrender made prior to the end of
any Guaranteed Period  will be adjusted  up or  down by the  application of  the
Market  Value Adjustment formula.  Such a Market Value  Adjustment is applied to
the Sub-Account Value. For purposes of determining amounts subject to the Market
Value Adjustment,  we will  consider surrendered  amounts first  to be  interest
withdrawals,  to the  extent interest credited  to your  Sub-Accounts during the
prior Contract Year has not yet  been withdrawn. No Market Value Adjustment  (or
Surrender  Charge)  is  imposed  on  these  interest  withdrawal  amounts.  (See
"Interest Withdrawals").
    
 
   
    In the case of either  a full or partial  surrender from a Sub-Account,  the
Market  Value Adjustment reflects the relationship between (i) the Treasury Rate
currently established for the same term as the Guaranteed Period from which  you
request  the surrender, and (ii) the Treasury Rate initially established for the
Guaranteed Period from which you make a full or partial surrender. The  Treasury
Rate  is the annual  effective interest rate credited  to United States Treasury
instruments, as published by a  nationally recognized service. On the  fifteenth
day  and the last day  of each month, the Company  will identify a Treasury Rate
for each Guaranteed  Period. The  method used by  the Company  to determine  the
Treasury  Rates under this Contract shall be  consistent and is binding upon any
Participant, Annuitant and Beneficiary.
    
 
   
    The Market Value Adjustment formula includes a set percentage factor  (.25%)
designed  to compensate  Protective Life  for certain  expenses and  losses that
might be incurred as a direct or indirect result or consequence of surrenders.
    
 
   
    THE EFFECT OF THE MARKET  VALUE ADJUSTMENT WILL BE  RELATED TO THE LEVEL  OF
TREASURY   RATES  ESTABLISHED  FOR  THE  GUARANTEED  PERIODS.  IT  IS  POSSIBLE,
THEREFORE, THAT, SHOULD TREASURY RATES BE HIGHER (OR UP TO .25% LOWER) WHEN  THE
MARKET  VALUE ADJUSTMENT IS APPLIED THAN FROM  THE TIME YOU ALLOCATED AMOUNTS TO
THE AFFECTED SUB-ACCOUNT,  THE EFFECT  OF THE MARKET  VALUE ADJUSTMENT,  COUPLED
WITH  THE APPLICATION OF THE SURRENDER CHARGE AND/OR PREMIUM TAXES, COULD RESULT
IN THE AMOUNT  YOU RECEIVE  BEING LESS THAN  THE AMOUNT  ALLOCATED. IF  TREASURY
RATES  ARE MORE THAN .25% LOWER WHEN THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT IS APPLIED THAN
AT THE TIME YOU ALLOCATED AMOUNTS TO THE AFFECTED SUB-ACCOUNT, THE EFFECT OF THE
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT, COUPLED  WITH THE APPLICATION  OF THE SURRENDER  CHARGE
AND/OR PREMIUM TAXES, COULD RESULT IN THE AMOUNT YOU RECEIVE BEING MORE THAN THE
AMOUNT  ALLOCATED. HOWEVER,  IN ORDER  FOR THERE TO  BE A  POSITIVE MARKET VALUE
ADJUSTMENT, THE TREASURY  RATE MUST  HAVE DECREASED SUFFICIENTLY  TO OFFSET  THE
PERCENTAGE FACTOR (.25%) DESCRIBED ABOVE.
    
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
   
    The formula for calculating the Market Value Adjustment is as follows:
    
 
   
      MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT PERCENTAGE = (C - I + 0.25%) X (N/12) WHERE:
    
 
   
    C  =  the Treasury  Rate  currently established  for  the same  term  as the
    Guaranteed Period from which the surrender is being made;
    
 
   
    I = the Treasury Rate initially  established for the Guaranteed Period  from
    which the surrender is being made;
    
 
   
    N  = The number of months remaining  in the Guaranteed Period from which the
    surrender is being made.
    
 
   
    Please refer to Appendix A to this Prospectus, which contains an example  of
the  application of the Market  Value Adjustment Percentage as  it is applied to
the amount of each full or partial surrender requested.
    
 
   
    3.  INTEREST WITHDRAWALS
    
 
   
    Once each Contract Year, we will send  you all or a portion of the  interest
that  has been credited to your Sub-Accounts  during the prior Contract Year (to
the extent not previously withdrawn or considered part of a surrender) if you so
request in a form acceptable to Protective. For most Guaranteed Periods, you may
elect  to   receive   automatic   interest   withdrawals   monthly,   quarterly,
semi-annually  or annually. Options other than annual may total less than annual
withdrawals because of the  interruption of compounding. Upon  notice to you  we
reserve  the  right to  limit such  withdrawals  to once  per contract  year. No
Surrender Charge or Market  Value Adjustment will be  imposed on withdrawals  of
such  interest. Any such  withdrawal may, however, be  subject to tax, including
the 10% penalty tax under the Internal Revenue Code.
    
 
F.  PREMIUM TAXES
 
   
    Premium  Taxes  (including  related  retaliatory  taxes,  if  any)  will  be
deducted,  if applicable. On any Contract subject to Premium Taxes, the tax will
be deducted, as provided  under applicable law,  either from Annuity  Deposit(s)
when  received,  upon full  or partial  surrenders, from  the amount  applied to
effect an  Annuity at  the time  annuity payments  commence, or  from the  Death
Benefit.  (Where  applicable, the  rate of  these taxes  currently ranges  up to
3.50%).
    
 
G.  DEATH BENEFIT
 
   
    If an  Annuitant  is  not  a  Participant and  dies  prior  to  the  Annuity
Commencement  Date, the Participant  first named on  the Application will become
the  new  Annuitant  unless  the   Participant  designates  otherwise.  If   any
Participant  is not a natural person, the  death or change of the Annuitant will
be treated as the death of a Participant.
    
 
   
    If any Participant dies while this Contract is in force prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date, a  Death Benefit  will be  payable to  the Beneficiary.  With
regard to joint Participants, at the first death of a joint Participant prior to
the   Annuity  Commencement  Date,   the  Beneficiary  will   be  the  surviving
Participant, if any.  If there is  no surviving Participant,  the Death  Benefit
will  be paid  to the  Beneficiary named by  the Participant.  If no Beneficiary
designation is in effect  or if there is  no designated Beneficiary living,  the
Death  Benefit will be  paid to the  estate of the  deceased Participant. In the
case of certain Contracts issued in connection with Qualified Plans, regulations
promulgated by  the Treasury  Department prescribe  certain limitations  on  the
designation of a Beneficiary.
    
 
   
    The  Death Benefit will be  determined as of the date  due proof of death is
received by the Company.  If a claim  for the Death Benefit  is received at  our
Administrative    Office   within    six   (6)    months   of    the   date   of
    
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
   
death, the Death Benefit will equal the greater of: (1) the Account Value,  less
applicable  Premium Taxes; or (2) the Net  Account Value. If a claim is received
six (6) months or more after the date of death, the Death Benefit will equal the
Net Account Value. If any Participant is  not a natural person, upon the  change
of  the Annuitant, the Death Benefit will  equal the Net Account Value. Only one
Death Benefit  is payable  under this  Contract, even  though the  Contract  may
continue beyond an Participant's death.
    
 
   
    The  Death Benefit may be taken in one  sum immediately or in all events the
entire  Death  Benefit,  including  any   interest  accrued  thereon,  must   be
distributed  within five years  of the date  of death unless:  (a) it is payable
over the life of the Beneficiary with distributions beginning within one year of
the date of death; or (b) it is  payable over a period not extending beyond  the
life  expectancy of the Beneficiary with distributions beginning within one year
of the  date  of  death;  or  (c)  the  deceased  Participant's  spouse  is  the
Beneficiary  and, in lieu of receiving the Death Benefit, continues the Contract
and becomes the new Participant.
    
 
   
    If the deceased Participant's spouse continues the Contract and becomes  the
new  Participant, upon such spouse's death,  a Death Benefit will become payable
to the new Beneficiary (determined at the time of the spouse's death). The Death
Benefit, including any interest accrued thereon must be distributed within  five
years of the spouse's death.
    
 
H.  ANNUITY BENEFITS
 
    1.  ELECTING THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE AND FORM OF ANNUITY
 
   
    Upon  purchasing a  Contract, you select  an Annuity  Commencement Date. The
Annuity Commencement  Date  selected:  (1)  cannot be  before  the  end  of  any
Guaranteed Period; and (2) must be on or before the Annuitant's 85th birthday or
the date shown in the Contract. Any request for extension of the maximum Annuity
Commencement  Date must be approved by  the Administrative Office. You may elect
to have  all of  your Net  Account Value  or a  portion thereof  applied on  the
Annuity  Commencement Date under any of  the Annuity Options described below. In
the absence  of  such  election  if  the  Annuitant  is  alive  on  the  Annuity
Commencement  Date,  the  Net  Account  Value will  be  applied  on  the Annuity
Commencement Date  under  Option 2-Life  Income  with  Payments for  a  10  Year
Guaranteed Period.
    
 
    (For  Contracts  issued  in  connection with  certain  Qualified  Plans, the
Annuity Commencement Date may not  be later than April 1  of the year after  the
year in which the Annuitant attains age 70 1/2).
 
    2.  CHANGE OF ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE, ANNUITY OPTION OR ANNUITANT
 
   
    You  may change the Annuity Commencement Date and/or the Annuity Option from
time to time, but  any such change must  be made in Writing  and received by  us
within  30 days prior to the scheduled Annuity Commencement Date. You may change
the Annuitant prior to the Annuity Commencement Date provided the change is made
in Writing  on  a form  acceptable  to us.  Once  the request  is  received  and
acknowledged  at our Administrative  Office, any change will  relate back to and
take effect  on the  date the  request  was signed.  If an  Annuitant is  not  a
Participant  and dies  prior to the  Annuity Commencement  Date, the Participant
first named on  the application  becomes the Annuitant,  unless the  Participant
designates  otherwise. The Annuitant is the  "Payee" for purposes of the annuity
rates utilized by the Company.
    
 
    3.  ANNUITY OPTIONS
 
    Any one  of the  following Annuity  Options may  be elected.  For  Qualified
Certificates, certain restrictions apply.
 
    OPTION 1 -- PAYMENT FOR A FIXED PERIOD.  Equal monthly payments will be made
for  any period of not  less than 5 nor  more than 30 years.  The amount of each
payment depends on the total amount applied, the period selected and the monthly
payment rates we are using when the first payment is due.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
    OPTION 2  -- LIFE  INCOME WITH  PAYMENTS  FOR A  GUARANTEED PERIOD.    Equal
monthly  payments are based  on the life  of the named  Annuitant. Payments will
continue for the lifetime of that person  with payments guaranteed for 10 or  20
years.  Payments stop at the  end of the selected  guaranteed period or when the
named person dies, whichever is later.
 
    OPTION 3 -- PAYMENTS OF A FIXED AMOUNT.  Equal monthly payments will be  for
an  agreed fixed amount. The amount of each payment may not be less than $10 for
each $1,000 applied. Interest will be credited each month on the unpaid  balance
and added to it. This interest will be at a rate set by us, but not less than an
effective  interest rate of 4%  per year. Payments continue  until the amount we
hold runs out. The last payment will be for the balance only.
 
   
    MINIMUM AMOUNTS  --   We reserve the right to  pay the Net Account Value  of
this Contract in one lump sum, if less than $5,000. If monthly payments are less
than  $100, we may  make payments quarterly, semi-annually,  or annually, at our
option.
    
 
   
    The dollar amount of  monthly payments under  each available Annuity  Option
for  each $1,000  applied is  calculated in  accordance with  annuity tables set
forth in the  Contract. These tables  are based on  the 1983 Individual  Annuity
Mortality Table A projected 4 years with interest at 4% per annum. One year will
be  deducted from the  attained age of  the Annuitant for  every completed three
years beyond the year 1987. If we have available, at the time an Annuity  Option
is  elected, options or rates  on a more favorable  basis than those guaranteed,
the higher benefits shall apply.
    
 
    4.  ANNUITY PAYMENT
 
    The first payment under any Annuity Option will be made one month  following
the  Annuity Commencement Date.  Subsequent payments will  be made in accordance
with the manner of payment selected.
 
    The Annuity Option elected must  result in a payment  of an amount at  least
equal  to the  minimum payment  amount according  to Protective's  rules then in
effect. If at any  time payments are  less than the  minimum payment amount,  we
have  the right to change the frequency to an interval resulting in a payment at
least equal to the minimum. If any amount due is less than the minimum per year,
we may make other arrangements that are equitable to the Annuitant.
 
    Once annuity payments have  commenced, no surrender  of the annuity  benefit
can be made for the purpose of receiving a lump sum settlement in lieu thereof.
 
    5.  DEATH OF ANNUITANT OR PARTICIPANT AFTER ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE
 
   
    If  any Participant or  Annuitant dies on or  after the Annuity Commencement
Date and before  all the benefits  under the Annuity  Option selected have  been
paid,  any remaining payments will  be distributed at least  as rapidly as under
the Annuity Option being used as of the date of death.
    
 
                           INVESTMENTS BY PROTECTIVE
 
    Protective's investment  philosophy  is  to maintain  a  portfolio  that  is
matched  to  its  liabilities  with  respect  to  yield,  risk,  and  cash  flow
characteristics. The types of assets in which Protective may invest are governed
by state laws which prescribe qualified investment assets. Within the parameters
of these  laws,  Protective invests  its  assets giving  consideration  to  such
factors  as liquidity needs, investment  quality, investment return, matching of
assets and liabilities, and the composition of the investment portfolio by asset
type and credit exposure. Because liquidity is important, Protective continually
balances maturity  against yield  and quality  considerations in  selecting  new
investments.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
    In  establishing Guaranteed Interest Rates,  Protective intends to take into
account the yields available  on the instruments in  which it intends to  invest
the  proceeds  from the  Contracts. (See  "Establishment of  Guaranteed Interest
Rates" commencing on page 6.)  Protective's investment strategy with respect  to
the  proceeds  attributable to  the  Contracts will  be  to primarily  invest in
investment-grade  debt  instruments  having  durations  tending  to  match   the
applicable  Guaranteed  Periods.  It is  anticipated  that some  portion  of the
portfolio will be  invested in mortgages.  Protective may also  invest in  lower
than  investment-grade issues,  depending upon  relative spreads  in the capital
markets.
 
    Investment-grade debt instruments in which Protective intends to invest  the
proceeds from the Contracts include:
 
        Securities  issued by  the United States  Government or  its agencies or
    instrumentalities, which issues may or may  not be guaranteed by the  United
    States Government.
 
   
        Mortgaged-backed  and corporate debt securities which have an investment
    grade, at the time of purchase,  within the four highest-grades assigned  by
    Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.  (Aaa, Aa,  A,  Baa),  Standard  & Poor's
    Corporation ("S&P") (AAA, AA, A, or BBB) or any other nationally  recognized
    rating service. Protective considers bonds rated Baa or higher by Moody's or
    BBB  or higher by S&P to be investment grade. At December 31, 1995, 97.9% of
    bonds in which Protective invests were considered investment grade; 20.1% of
    these bonds were rated Baa or BBB.
    
 
    Mortgaged-backed securities are based upon residential mortgages which  have
been  pooled into securities.  Mortgage-backed securities may  have greater cash
flow volatility as a result of  the pass-through of prepayments of principal  on
the  underlying loans.  Prepayments of  principal on  the underlying residential
loans can  be  expected to  accelerate  with  decreases in  interest  rates  and
diminish with increases in interest rates.
 
    Debt  obligations which  have a  Moody's or  Standard &  Poor's rating below
investment-grade may comprise a portion of the portfolio. Risks associated  with
investments  in less than investment-grade debt obligations may be significantly
higher  than  risks  associated  with  investments  in  debt  securities   rated
investment-grade.  Risk of  loss upon default  by the  borrower is significantly
greater with respect to  such debt obligations than  with other debt  securities
because  these obligations may be unsecured  or subordinated to other creditors.
Additionally, there is  often a  thinly traded  market for  such securities  and
current  market  quotations  are  frequently not  available  for  some  of these
securities. Issuers of less than investment-grade debt obligations usually  have
higher  levels  of  indebtedness  and are  more  sensitive  to  adverse economic
conditions,   such   as   recession   or   increasing   interest   rates,   than
investment-grade  issuers. Protective  carefully selects,  and closely monitors,
such investments.
 
    Fixed maturity securities rated BBB may have speculative characteristics and
changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to
a weakened capacity of the issuer  to make principal and interest payments  than
is  the case  with higher rated  fixed maturity securities.  Protective may also
invest in those bank loan participations that are the most senior debt issued in
highly leveraged transactions. They are  generally unrated by the credit  rating
agencies.  In selecting bank participations  for investment, Protective requires
cash  flows,  without  asset  sales,   to  cover  all  interest  and   scheduled
amortization  of the bank debt by 140% and  to cover total debt service by 110%.
The debt is  generally secured by  most of  the tangible assets  of the  issuing
company.
 
    Protective's primary mortgage lending emphasis for the past twenty years has
been  on strip shopping centers located in  smaller towns and anchored by one or
more strong regional or  national retail stores. The  anchor tenants enter  into
long-term  noncancelable leases with Protective's borrowers. The centers provide
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
the basic necessities of life such  as food, pharmaceuticals, and clothing,  and
are  relatively insensitive to  changes in economic  conditions. Protective also
makes loans on credit-oriented commercial  properties. In the twenty years  that
Protective has implemented its mortgage loan strategy, it has had no significant
loss  of principal on mortgages it has originated. Protective carefully selects,
and closely monitors, such investments.
 
    The federal  government  or its  instrumentalities  does not  guarantee  the
Contracts. Protective backs the guarantees associated with the Contracts.
 
    While the foregoing generally describes our investment strategy with respect
to  the proceeds attributable to  the Contracts, we are  not obligated to invest
the proceeds attributable to the Contracts according to any particular strategy,
except as may be required by the insurance laws of Tennessee and other states.
 
                                OTHER PROVISIONS
 
CONTRACT TRANSACTIONS
 
    Currently, each  request for  a change  or transaction  under your  Contract
(such  as  making  an  additional Annuity  Deposit,  requesting  a  surrender or
interest withdrawal, selecting certain Guaranteed Periods, changing the  Annuity
Commencement  Date,  Annuity Option,  or Annuitant,  or  making a  death benefit
claim) must be made in Writing on  a form acceptable to Protective. The  request
must provide all information that is necessary for Protective to make the change
or effect the transaction. For additional information on how to make a change or
effect a transaction, contact Protective at its Administrative Office.
 
AMENDMENT OF CONTRACTS
 
    We  reserve the  right to  amend the  Contract to  meet the  requirements of
applicable Federal or state laws, regulations or rulings. We will notify you  of
any such amendments.
 
ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS
 
    Your  rights, as evidenced  by a Contract,  may be assigned  as permitted by
applicable law.  An assignment  will not  be binding  upon us  until we  receive
notice  from you  in Writing.  We assume no  responsibility for  the validity or
effect of any assignment. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the  tax
consequences of an assignment. Generally Qualified Contracts cannot be assigned.
 
                           DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS
 
   
    Investment  Distributors, Inc.  ("IDI") serves as  principal underwriter for
the Contracts. IDI has agreed to use its best efforts to sell the Contracts. IDI
is a  wholly-owned subsidiary  of  Protective Life  Corporation ("PLC")  and  is
registered  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  ("SEC")  under the
Securities Exchange  Act of  1934 as  a broker-dealer  and is  a member  of  the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").
    
 
   
    IDI  has entered  into Distribution  Agreements with  certain broker-dealers
registered under the  Securities Exchange  Act of 1934.  Under the  Distribution
Agreements   such  broker-dealers  may  offer  Contracts  to  persons  who  have
established an  account  with the  broker-dealer.  In addition,  IDI  may  offer
Contracts  to members of  certain other eligible  groups or certain individuals.
The maximum commission Protective will pay is 7% of the Annuity Deposit for  the
sale  of a Contract. In addition, the maximum renewal commission Protective will
pay is 7.0% of the Sub-Account  Value(s) transferred to a Subsequent  Guaranteed
Period.
    
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                              FEDERAL TAX MATTERS
 
INTRODUCTION
 
    The  following  discussion  of  the  federal  income  tax  treatment  of the
Contracts is not exhaustive,  does not purport to  cover all situations, and  is
not   intended  as  tax  advice.  The   federal  income  tax  treatment  of  the
Contracts is  unclear in  certain  circumstances, and  a qualified  tax  adviser
should  always be consulted with regard to  the application of law to individual
circumstances. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"), Treasury regulations, and interpretations existing on  the
date  of this Prospectus.  These authorities, however, are  subject to change by
Congress, the Treasury Department, and judicial decisions.
 
    This discussion does not address state or local tax consequences  associated
with  the purchase of the Contracts. In addition, THE COMPANY MAKES NO GUARANTEE
REGARDING ANY TAX TREATMENT -- FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL -- OF ANY CONTRACT OR  OF
ANY TRANSACTION INVOLVING A CONTRACT.
 
THE COMPANY'S TAX STATUS
 
    The  Company is taxed as a life  insurance company under Subchapter L of the
Code. The assets underlying the Contracts will be owned by the Company, and  the
income  derived from such assets will be  includible in the Company's income for
federal income tax purposes.
 
TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL
 
TAX DEFERRAL DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD
 
    Under existing provisions of the Code  (and except as described below),  the
Contracts  should be  treated as annuities  and any increase  in a Participant's
Account Value is  generally not taxable  to the Participant  or Annuitant  until
received,  either  in  the  form  of Annuity  payments  as  contemplated  by the
Contracts, or in some other form of distribution.
 
    As a  general  rule, Contracts  held  by  "non-natural persons"  such  as  a
corporation,  trust or other similar entity, as opposed to a natural person, are
not treated as annuities for federal tax purposes. The income on such  Contracts
(as  defined in  the tax law)  is taxed as  ordinary income that  is received or
accrued by the Participant during the taxable year. There are several exceptions
to this general rule for Contracts held by non-natural persons. First, Contracts
will generally be treated as held by a natural person if the nominal owner is  a
trust or other entity which holds the Contract as an agent for a natural person.
Thus,  if a group Contract  is held by a  trust or other entity  as an agent for
Certificate owners who are individuals,  those individuals should be treated  as
owning  an annuity for federal income tax purposes. However, this exception will
not apply in the  case of any employer  who is the nominal  owner of a  Contract
under a non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement for its employees.
 
    In  addition, exceptions to the general rule for non-natural Contract owners
will apply with respect to (1) Contracts acquired by an estate of a decedent  by
reason  of the death  of the decedent,  (2) Contracts issued  in connection with
certain  Qualified  Plans,  (3)  Contracts  purchased  by  employers  upon   the
termination of certain Qualified Plans, (4) certain Contracts used in connection
with structured settlement agreements, and (5) Contracts purchased with a single
premium  when the annuity starting date is no later than a year from purchase of
the Contract  and  substantially equal  periodic  payments are  made,  not  less
frequently than annually, during the annuity period.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
    In  addition to the  foregoing, if the  Contract's Annuity Commencement Date
occurs at a time when the Annuitant is at an advanced age, such as over age  85,
it  is possible  that the  Participant will be  taxable currently  on the annual
increase in the Account Value.
 
    The remainder of this discussion  assumes that the Contract will  constitute
an annuity for federal tax purposes.
 
TAXATION OF PARTIAL AND FULL WITHDRAWALS
 
    In  the  case  of  a  partial  withdrawal,  amounts  received  generally are
includible in income to  the extent the Participant's  Account Value before  the
withdrawal  exceeds his or  her "investment in  the contract." In  the case of a
full withdrawal, amounts received  are includible in income  to the extent  they
exceed  the "investment in  the contract." For these  purposes the investment in
the contract at any  time equals the  premiums paid under  the Contract (to  the
extent  such premium payments  were neither deductible  when made nor excludable
from income as, for  example, in the case  of certain employer contributions  to
Qualified  Plans) less any  amounts previously received  from the Contract which
were not included in income.
 
    Other than  in the  case  of Contracts  issued  in connection  with  certain
Qualified  Plans (which generally cannot be assigned or pledged), any assignment
or pledge (or agreement to assign or pledge) any portion of the Account Value is
treated as  a  withdrawal of  such  amount or  portion.  The investment  in  the
contract  is increased by the  amount includible as income  with respect to such
assignment or pledge,  though it  is not  affected by  any other  aspect of  the
assignment  or  pledge (including  its release).  If  a Participant  transfers a
Contract without adequate consideration to a person other than the Participant's
spouse (or to  a former  spouse incident to  divorce), the  Participant will  be
taxed  on the difference between his or  her Account Value and the investment in
the contract at the time of transfer. In such case, the transferee's  investment
in  the contract will be  increased to reflect the  increase in the transferor's
income.
 
    There is  some  uncertainty regarding  the  treatment of  the  Market  Value
Adjustment  for purposes  of determining  the amount  includible in  income as a
result of any  partial withdrawal  or transfer  without adequate  consideration.
There  is legislation currently pending in Congress which would grant regulatory
authority  to  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  (the  "IRS")  to  address   this
uncertainty.
 
TAXATION OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS
 
    Normally,  the portion of each Annuity payment taxable as ordinary income is
equal to the  excess of  the payment over  the exclusion  amount. The  exclusion
amount  is the amount determined by multiplying (1) the payment by (2) the ratio
of the investment  in the contract,  adjusted for any  period certain or  refund
feature,  to the total  expected value of  Annuity payments for  the term of the
Contract (determined under Treasury Department regulations).
 
    Once the total amount  of the investment in  the contract is excluded  using
this  ratio, Annuity payments  will be fully taxable.  If Annuity payments cease
because of  the death  of  the Annuitant  and before  the  total amount  of  the
investment  in the contract is recovered,  the unrecovered amount generally will
be allowed as a deduction to the Annuitant in his last taxable year.
 
    There may  be special  income tax  issues present  in situations  where  the
Participant  and the Annuitant are  not the same person  or are not married. For
example, where the Participant and the Annuitant are not the same person and are
not married, the Participant  may be taxed on  the Annuity Commencement Date  on
the difference between the Account Value and the investment in the contract.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
TAXATION OF DEATH BENEFIT PROCEEDS
 
    Amounts  may  be distributed  from  a Contract  because  of the  death  of a
Participant or  the Annuitant.  Such death  benefit proceeds  are includible  in
income  as follows: (1) if distributed in a lump sum, they are taxed in the same
manner as a full withdrawal, as described above, or (2) if distributed under  an
Annuity  Option,  they are  taxed in  the  same manner  as Annuity  payments, as
described above.
 
PENALTY TAX ON PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS
 
    Where a Contract has  not been issued in  connection with a Qualified  Plan,
there  generally is a 10% penalty tax on  the taxable amount of any payment from
the Contract unless  the payment is:  (a) received on  or after the  Participant
reaches  age 59 1/2;  (b) attributable to the  Participant becoming disabled (as
defined in the tax law); (c) made on or after the death of the Participant;  (d)
made  as a series of substantially  equal periodic payments (not less frequently
than annually) for the life (or life  expectancy) of the Annuitant or the  joint
lives   (or  joint  life  expectancies)  of   the  Annuitant  and  a  designated
beneficiary; or (e) made under a  Contract purchased with a single premium  when
the  Annuity Commencement  Date is  no later  than a  year from  purchase of the
Contract and substantially equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently
than annually, during the Annuity period. (Similar rules generally apply in  the
case of Contracts issued in connection with certain Qualified Plans.)
 
AGGREGATION OF CONTRACTS
 
    In  certain circumstances,  the IRS may  determine the amount  of an Annuity
payment or  a  withdrawal  from a  Contract  that  is includible  in  income  by
combining  some or all of the annuity contracts owned by an individual which are
not issued  in  connection with  a  Qualified Plan.  For  example, if  a  person
purchases   a  Contract  offered  by  this  Prospectus  and  also  purchases  at
approximately the same  time an  immediate annuity, the  IRS may  treat the  two
contracts  as  one contract.  In addition,  if  a person  purchases two  or more
deferred annuity contracts from the  same insurance company (or its  affiliates)
during any calendar year, all such contracts will be treated as one contract for
purposes  of  determining  whether  any  payment  not  received  as  an  annuity
(including withdrawals prior to the Annuity Commencement Date) is includible  in
income.  The effects of such aggregation are not clear; however, it could affect
the time when income is taxable and the amount which might be subject to the 10%
penalty tax described above.
 
QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
 
IN GENERAL
 
    The Contracts are also designed for use in connection with certain types  of
qualified  retirement plans  which receive  favorable treatment  under the Code.
Numerous special tax rules apply to  the Participants in Qualified Plans and  to
the  Contracts used  in connection  with Qualified  Plans. These  tax rules vary
according to the type of plan and  the terms and conditions of the plan  itself.
For  example, for both withdrawals and  Annuity payments under certain Contracts
issued in connection with  Qualified Plans, there may  be no "investment in  the
contract"  and the  total amount  received may  be taxable.  Also, special rules
apply to the time at which distributions must commence and the form in which the
distributions must be paid. Therefore, no  attempt is made to provide more  than
general  information  about  the use  of  Contracts  with the  various  types of
Qualified Plans.
 
    When issued in connection with a Qualified Plan, a Contract will be  amended
as  generally necessary  to conform  to the requirements  of that  type of plan.
However, Participants,  Annuitants, and  Beneficiaries  are cautioned  that  the
rights of any person to any benefits under Qualified Plans may be subject to the
terms  and  conditions of  the  plans themselves,  regardless  of the  terms and
conditions of the Contract. In addition, the Company shall not be bound by terms
and conditions  of Qualified  Plans  to the  extent  such terms  and  conditions
contradict the Contract, unless the Company consents.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
    Following  are brief  descriptions of  various types  of Qualified  Plans in
connection with which Protective will generally issue a Contract.
 
    INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES.  Section  408 of the Code permits  eligible
individuals  to  contribute  to an  individual  retirement program  known  as an
"Individual Retirement Annuity"  or "IRA."  IRAs are  subject to  limits on  the
amounts that may be contributed, the persons who may be eligible and on the time
when  distributions  may commence.  Also,  distributions from  certain Qualified
Plans may be "rolled over" on a tax-deferred basis into an IRA.
 
    SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSIONS (SEP-IRAS).  Section 408(k) of the Code  allows
employers  to establish simplified  employee pension plans  for their employees,
using the employees' IRAs for such purposes, if certain criteria are met.  Under
these   plans  the  employer  may,  within  specified  limits,  make  deductible
contributions on behalf of the employees to IRAs. Employers intending to use the
Contract in connection with such plans should seek competent advice.
 
    CORPORATE  AND   SELF-EMPLOYED  ("H.R.   10"   AND  "KEOGH")   PENSION   AND
PROFIT-SHARING  PLANS.  Sections 401(a) and  403(a) of the Code permit corporate
employers to  establish  various  types  of  tax-favored  retirement  plans  for
employees.  The  Self-Employed  Individuals'  Tax  Retirement  Act  of  1962, as
amended, commonly referred  to as  "H.R. 10" or  "Keogh," permits  self-employed
individuals  also to establish such  tax-favored retirement plans for themselves
and their  employees. Such  retirement  plans may  permit  the purchase  of  the
Contract  in order to  provide benefits under the  plans. Employers intending to
use the Contract in connection with such plans should seek competent advice.
 
   
    TAX-SHELTERED ANNUITIES.  Section 403(b)  of the Code permits public  school
employees  and  employees  of  certain  types  of  charitable,  educational  and
scientific organizations  specified in  Section 501(c)(3)  of the  Code to  have
their  employers purchase  annuity contracts  for them  and, subject  to certain
limitations, to exclude the  amount of purchase payments  from gross income  for
tax purposes. These annuity contracts are commonly referred to as "tax-sheltered
annuities."  Purchasers of the Contracts for such purposes should seek competent
advice as  to  eligibility,  limitations  on  permissible  amounts  of  purchase
payments  and  other tax  consequences  associated with  the  Contracts. Section
403(b) Policies contain  restrictions on withdrawals  of (i) contributions  made
pursuant  to a salary reduction agreement  in years beginning after December 31,
1988, (ii) earnings on those contributions, and (iii) earnings in such years  on
amounts held as of the last year beginning before January 1, 1989. These amounts
can  be paid only if the employee has reached age 59 1/2 separated from service,
died, become  disabled, or  in the  case of  hardship. Amounts  permitted to  be
distributed  in the event of hardship  shall be limited to actual contributions;
earnings thereon  shall  not  be  distributed on  account  of  hardship.  (These
limitations on withdrawals do not apply to the extent the Company is directed to
transfer  some or all of the Amount Value to the issuer of another tax-sheltered
annuity or into a Section 403(b)(7) custodial account.)
    
 
    DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS  OF STATE  AND LOCAL  GOVERNMENT AND  TAX-EXEMPT
ORGANIZATIONS.   Section 457  of the Code  permits employees of  state and local
governments  and  tax-exempt   organizations  to  defer   a  portion  of   their
compensation without paying current taxes. The employees must be participants in
an  eligible deferred compensation plan.  To the extent the  Contract is used in
connection with an eligible plan, employees are considered general creditors  of
the employer and the employer as owner of the Contract has the sole right to the
proceeds  of the Contract. Generally,  a contract purchased by  a state or local
government or  a tax-exempt  organization  will not  be  treated as  an  annuity
contract  for federal income tax purposes. Those who intend to use the Contracts
in connection with such plans should seek competent advice.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
DIRECT ROLLOVER RULES
 
    In the case of Contracts used in connection with a pension,  profit-sharing,
or annuity plan qualified under Sections 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code, or in the
case  of  a  Section  403(b)  tax  sheltered  annuity,  any  "eligible  rollover
distribution" from the Contract will be subject to direct rollover and mandatory
withholding requirements.  An eligible  rollover distribution  generally is  any
taxable  distribution from a qualified pension  plan under Section 401(a) of the
Code, qualified annuity plan under Section 403(a) of the Code, or Section 403(b)
tax sheltered annuity or custodial  account, excluding certain amounts (such  as
minimum   distributions  required  under  Section  401(a)(9)  of  the  Code  and
distributions which  are  part of  a  "series of  substantially  equal  periodic
payments" made for life or a specified period of 10 years or more).
 
    Under  these  requirements, withholding  at  a rate  of  20 percent  will be
imposed on any eligible rollover  distribution. In addition, the participant  in
these qualified retirement plans cannot elect out of withholding with respect to
an eligible rollover distribution. However, this 20 percent withholding will not
apply   if,  instead  of  receiving  the  eligible  rollover  distribution,  the
participant elects to  have amounts  directly transferred  to certain  qualified
retirement plans (such as to an Individual Retirement Annuity).
 
FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING
 
   
    The  Company will withhold  and remit to  the U.S. government  a part of the
taxable  portion  of  each  distribution  made  under  a  Contract  unless   the
distributee  notifies the Company at or before the time of the distribution that
he or she  elects not to  have any amounts  withheld. In certain  circumstances,
Protective  may be required to withhold tax. The withholding rates applicable to
the taxable portion of periodic Annuity payments are the same as the withholding
rates generally applicable to payments of wages. The withholding rate applicable
to the taxable portion of non-periodic payments (including withdrawals prior  to
the  Annuity Commencement Date) is 10%. As described above, the withholding rate
applicable to eligible rollover distributions is 20%.
    
 
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
    
 
A.  BUSINESS
 
   
    Protective Life  Insurance Company  ("Protective"), a  stock life  insurance
company,  was founded  in 1907. Protective  is a wholly-owned  and the principal
operating subsidiary  of  Protective  Life  Corporation  ("PLC"),  an  insurance
holding  company whose common  stock is traded  on the New  York Stock Exchange.
Protective provides financial services through the production, distribution, and
administration  of  insurance  and  investment  products.  Protective  has   six
operating  divisions:  Acquisitions, Financial  Institutions,  Group, Guaranteed
Investment Contracts, Individual Life, and Investment Products. Protective  also
has  an additional business  segment which is described  herein as Corporate and
Other. Unless  the  context  otherwise  requires,  "Protective"  refers  to  the
consolidated group of Protective Life Insurance Company and its subsidiaries.
    
 
   
    Protective  markets individual  life insurance; group  life, health, dental,
and cancer  insurance;  annuities  and  investment  products;  credit  life  and
disability  insurance;  and guaranteed  investment  contracts. Its  products are
distributed  nationally  through   independent  agents   and  brokers;   through
broker-dealers  and financial institutions to their customers; through full-time
sales representatives; and  through other insurance  companies. Protective  also
seeks to acquire blocks of insurance policies from other insurers.
    
 
ACQUISITIONS DIVISION
 
    PLC   actively  seeks  to  acquire   blocks  of  insurance  policies.  These
acquisitions may be  accomplished through acquisitions  of companies or  through
the    assumption    or    reinsurance    of    policies.    Most   acquisitions
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
   
do not include PLC's acquisition of an  active sales force, but some do.  Blocks
of  policies acquired through the Acquisitions Division are usually administered
as "closed" blocks;  i.e., no new  policies are sold.  Therefore, the amount  of
insurance in force for a particular acquisition is expected to decline with time
due to lapses and deaths of the insureds.
    
 
   
    PLC  has entered into thirty-five separate  transactions since 1970. Many of
these  transactions  included  Protective.   Management  believes  a   favorable
environment  for acquisitions  will likely  continue into  the immediate future.
Insurance companies  are facing  heightened regulatory  and market  pressure  to
increase  statutory capital  and thus  may seek  to increase  capital by selling
blocks of policies.  Insurance companies  also appear  to be  selling blocks  of
policies  in conjunction with  programs to narrow  strategic focus. In addition,
smaller companies may  face difficulties in  marketing and thus  may seek to  be
acquired.  However, it  appears that other  companies are  entering this market;
therefore, PLC may face increased competition for future acquisitions.
    
 
   
    Several states have  enacted statutes that  decreased the attractiveness  of
assumption   reinsurance  transactions  and   increased  the  attractiveness  of
coinsurance  transactions.  In  coinsurance  transactions,  the  seller  remains
contingently  liable with  respect to  the coinsured  policies should Protective
become unable to  fulfill its obligations  to the seller  under the  coinsurance
agreement.  This  has caused  sellers to  place more  emphasis on  the financial
condition and acquisition experience of the purchaser. Management believes  this
favorably impacts Protective's competitive position.
    
 
    Total  revenues and income before income  tax from the Acquisitions Division
are expected to decline with time  unless new acquisitions are made.  Therefore,
the  Division's revenues and earnings  may fluctuate from year-to-year depending
upon the level of acquisition activity.
 
   
    In the third quarter  of 1993, Protective  acquired Wisconsin National  Life
Insurance  Company and  coinsured a small  block of universal  life policies. In
1994, Protective coinsured a  small block of payroll  deduction policies in  the
second  quarter and coinsured a block of 130,000 policies in the fourth quarter.
In the second quarter of 1995, Protective coinsured a block of 28,000  policies.
In March 1996, Protective coinsured a block of 38,000 policies.
    
 
FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS DIVISION
 
   
    The  Financial  Institutions  Division  specializes  in  marketing insurance
products through commercial banks, savings  and loan associations, and  mortgage
bankers.  The Division markets an array of life and health products, which cover
consumer and mortgage loans made by financial institutions located primarily  in
the  southeastern  United  States. The  Division  also markets  life  and health
products nationally through the consumer finance industry and through automobile
dealerships.  The  Division  markets  through  employee  field  representatives,
independent brokers, and an affiliate. The Division also offers certain products
through  direct mail  solicitation to  customers of  financial institutions. The
demand for credit  life and credit  health insurance is  related to the  general
level of loan demand.
    
 
   
    In  1992, Protective acquired  the credit insurance  business of Durham Life
Insurance Company. The acquisition  more than doubled the  size of the  Division
and  provided significant market share in the southeastern states not previously
covered by Protective.
    
 
   
    The Division has entered into a  reinsurance arrangement whereby all of  the
Division's  new credit insurance  sales are being  ceded to a  reinsurer. In the
second quarter  of 1995,  the Division  also ceded  a block  of older  policies.
Though  these reinsurance transactions will  reduce the Division's earnings, the
Division's return on investment is expected to improve.
    
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
GROUP DIVISION
 
   
    The Group Division  manufactures, distributes, and  services group,  payroll
deduction,  cancer,  and dental  insurance products.  Group accident  and health
insurance is  generally considered  to  be cyclical.  Profits  rise or  fall  as
competitive  forces allow or prevent rate increases to keep pace with changes in
group health medical costs.  Protective is placing  marketing emphasis on  other
health  insurance  products  which have  not  been  as subject  to  medical cost
inflation as traditional  group health products.  These products include  dental
insurance  policies  and  hospital  indemnity  policies  which  are  distributed
nationally through  the  Division's existing  distribution  system, as  well  as
through  joint marketing arrangements  with independent marketing organizations,
and through  reinsurance  contracts with  other  insurers. These  products  also
include  an  individual cancer  insurance policy  marketed through  a nationwide
network of agents. It is  anticipated that a significant  part of the growth  in
Protective's  health insurance premium income in  the next several years will be
from dental products.
    
 
    The Division offers substantially all forms of group insurance customary  in
the industry, making available complete packages of life and accident and health
insurance  to employers.  The life  and accident  and health  insurance packages
offered by  this Division  include hospital  and medical  coverages as  well  as
dental  and  disability  coverages. To  address  rising health  care  costs, the
Division provides  cost  containment services  such  as utilization  review  and
catastrophic case management.
 
   
    The   Division  markets  its  group  insurance  products  primarily  in  the
southeastern and southwestern United  States using the  services of brokers  who
specialize  in  group  products.  Sales offices  in  Alabama,  Florida, Georgia,
Illinois, Missouri, North  Carolina, Ohio,  Oklahoma, Tennessee,  and Texas  are
maintained  to serve  these brokers.  Group policies  are directed  primarily at
employers and associations  with between  25 and 1,000  employees. The  Division
also markets group insurance to small employers through a marketing organization
affiliated with an insurer, and reinsures the business produced by the marketing
organization. The Division receives a ceding commission from these arrangements.
    
 
   
    In  1993 the  Division established a  special marketing unit  to sell dental
plans through mail and  telephone solicitations. The unit  has sales offices  in
Arizona,   Colorado,  Florida,  Georgia,  Illinois,  Kentucky,  Michigan,  North
Carolina, Ohio, Tennessee, Texas and Wisconsin.
    
 
GUARANTEED INVESTMENT CONTRACTS DIVISION
 
   
    In 1989, Protective began selling guaranteed investment contracts  ("GICs").
Protective's  GICs  are  contracts,  generally  issued  to  a  401(k)  or  other
retirement savings  plan, which  guarantee  a fixed  return  on deposits  for  a
specified  period and often provide flexibility for withdrawals, in keeping with
the benefits  provided by  the  plan. Protective  also offers  related  products
through  this Division  including fixed  rate contracts  offered to  trustees of
municipal  bond  proceeds,  floating  rate   contracts  issued  to  bank   trust
departments,  and  long-term  annuity  contracts  used  to  fund  certain  state
obligations.
    
 
   
    Since  1989,  life   insurer  credit   concerns  and  a   demand  shift   to
non-traditional  GIC  alternatives  have  generally  caused  the  GIC  market to
contract somewhat,  although broadening  the  Division's product  offerings  has
allowed it to maintain strong sales.
    
 
   
    Most  GIC contracts written by  Protective have maturities of  3 to 5 years.
Prior to 1993, few GIC contracts were maturing because the contracts were  newly
written.  Therefore, GIC account balances grew  at a significant rate. Beginning
in 1993, GIC contracts began to  mature as contemplated when the contracts  were
sold.  Hence, the rate of growth in GIC  deposits has decreased as the amount of
maturing contracts has increased.
    
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
INDIVIDUAL LIFE DIVISION
 
   
    The Individual Life Division primarily utilizes a distribution system  based
on  experienced independent personal producing  general agents who are recruited
by regional sales managers. At December  31, 1995, there were 22 regional  sales
managers  located throughout the United States.  Honors Club members, agents who
produce at least $30 thousand of new  premium per year, totaled 258 at  December
31,  1995. Honors Club members represent approximately 39% of the Division's new
premium. In 1993,  the Division  began distributing  insurance products  through
stock  brokers.  The Division  also distributes  insurance products  through the
payroll deduction market and in the life insurance brokerage market.
    
 
   
    Marketing efforts  in  the  Individual Life  Division  are  directed  toward
Protective's various universal life products and products designed to compete in
the term marketplace. Universal life products combine traditional life insurance
protection  with the ability to  tailor a more flexible  payment schedule to the
individual's needs, provide an accumulation of cash values on which income taxes
are deferred, and permit Protective to change interest rates credited on  policy
cash  values to  reflect current  market rates.  Protective currently emphasizes
back-end loaded universal life policies which reward the continuing policyholder
and which should help maintain the  persistency of its universal life  business.
The  products designed to compete in the term marketplace are term-like policies
with guaranteed level premiums for the first 10, 15, or 20 years which provide a
competitive net cost to the insured.
    
 
INVESTMENT PRODUCTS DIVISION
 
   
    The Investment Products Division  manufactures, sells, and supports  annuity
products.   These   products   are   sold   through   broker-dealers,  financial
institutions, and the Individual Life Division.
    
 
   
    In April  1990,  Protective  began  sales  of  modified  guaranteed  annuity
products  which guarantee an interest rate  for a fixed period. Because contract
values are  "market-value  adjusted" upon  surrender  prior to  maturity,  these
products  afford Protective  a measure  of protection  from changes  in interest
rates.
    
 
   
    In 1992,  the Division  ceased most  new sales  of single  premium  deferred
annuities.  In  1994,  the Division  introduced  a variable  annuity  product to
broaden the Division's product line.
    
 
   
    The demand for annuity products is related to the general level of  interest
rates and performance of the equity markets.
    
 
CORPORATE AND OTHER
 
   
    The Corporate and Other segment consists of several small insurance lines of
business,  net investment income  and expenses not  attributable to the business
segments described above  (including interest  on substantially  all debt).  The
earnings of this segment may fluctuate from year to year.
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
B.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The  following Selected Financial  Data for Protective  and its subsidiaries
should be read  in conjunction  with the consolidated  financial statements  and
notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                          --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1995             1994             1993             1992            1991
                                          ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ------------
<S>                                       <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA
Premiums and policy fees................  $    369,888     $    402,772     $    351,423     $    323,136     $    273,975
Net investment income...................       458,433          408,933          354,165          274,991          222,619
Realized investment gains (losses)......         1,951            6,298            5,054             (154)          (3,085)
Other income............................         3,543           11,977            4,756           10,675            7,495
                                          ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ------------
    Total revenues......................  $    833,815     $    829,980     $    715,398     $    608,648     $    501,004
                                          ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ------------
                                          ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ------------
Benefits and expenses...................  $    716,082     $    724,402     $    629,286     $    549,885     $    456,039
Income tax expense......................  $     40,037     $     32,855     $     29,957(1)  $     17,393     $     12,024
Minority interest.......................                                                     $         90     $      1,437
Net income..............................  $     77,696     $     72,723     $     56,155     $     40,227(2)  $     31,504
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                            DECEMBER 31
                                          --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1995             1994             1993             1992            1991
                                          ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ------------
<S>                                       <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA
Total assets............................  $  7,178,693     $  6,110,704     $  5,307,849     $  4,000,157     $  3,120,354
Long-term debt..........................                                    $         98     $      2,014     $      2,048
Total debt (3)..........................  $     34,693     $     39,443     $     49,061     $     43,191     $     28,022
Redeemable preferred stock..............  $      2,000     $      2,000     $      2,000     $      2,000     $      2,000
Stockholder's equity....................  $    651,237(4)  $    395,075(4)  $    469,990(4)  $    335,516     $    298,468
Stockholder's equity excluding net
 unrealized gains and losses on
 investments............................  $    593,374     $    502,607     $    430,706     $    332,360     $    294,487
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
(1) Increased by a one-time adjustment to income tax expense of $1.2 million due
    to an increase in the corporate federal income tax rate from 34% to 35%.
 
(2) Includes a $1.1 million reduction to 1992 income representing the cumulative
    effect of a change in accounting principle for the adoption of SFAS No. 106.
 
   
(3) Includes  indebtedness  to  related  parties.  At  December  31,  1995  such
    indebtedness totaled  $34.7 million.  See also  Note E  to the  Consolidated
    Financial Statements.
    
 
(4) Reflects the adoption of SFAS No. 115.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
C.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    PREMIUMS AND POLICY FEES
 
    The  following table sets forth for the periods shown the amount of premiums
and policy fees and the percentage change from the prior period:
 
                            PREMIUMS AND POLICY FEES
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PERCENTAGE
                 YEAR ENDED                                     INCREASE
                 DECEMBER 31                                    (DECREASE)
- ---------------------------------------------      AMOUNT       ---------
                                               ---------------
                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>              <C>
  1993.......................................  $      351,423        8.8%
  1994.......................................         402,772       14.6
  1995.......................................         369,888       (8.2)
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Premiums and policy fees increased $51.3 million or 14.6% in 1994 over 1993.
Wisconsin  National  and  the  reinsured   block  of  universal  life   policies
represented  $10.5 million of the increase in  premiums and policy fees in 1994.
The reinsurance of a block of payroll deduction policies effective April 2, 1994
resulted in a  $7.9 million  increase. On  October 3,  1994 Protective  acquired
through  coinsurance a block  of policies from  Reliance Standard Life Insurance
Company ("Reliance Standard"), which  added $12.5 million  of premiums in  1994.
Decreases  in  older  acquired blocks  of  policies represented  a  $3.1 million
decrease in premiums and policy fees. Increases in premiums and policy fees from
the Financial  Institutions,  Group,  and Individual  Life  Divisions  represent
increases of $10.7 million, $5.1 million, and $7.6 million, respectively.
    
 
   
    Premiums  and policy fees decreased $32.9 million or 8.2% in 1995 over 1994.
Premiums and  policy fees  from the  Financial Institutions  Division  decreased
$74.2  million. This resulted  from a reinsurance arrangement  begun in the 1995
first quarter whereby all of the Division's new credit insurance sales are being
ceded to a reinsurer. Increases in premiums  and policy fees from the Group  and
Individual  Life  Divisions  represent  increases  of  $11.4  million  and $14.1
million, respectively.  Policy fees  related  to Protective's  annuity  products
increased  $2.9 million in 1995. The 1994  assumptions of two blocks of policies
resulted in a $11.1  million increase in  premiums and policy  fees in 1995.  On
June 15, 1995, Protective coinsured a block of policies which resulted in a $8.3
million increase in premiums and policy fees. Decreases in older acquired blocks
resulted in a $7.2 million decrease in premiums and policy fees.
    
 
    NET INVESTMENT INCOME
 
    The  following table  sets forth  for the  periods shown  the amount  of net
investment income,  the  percentage  change  from  the  prior  period,  and  the
percentage earned on average cash and investments:
 
                             NET INVESTMENT INCOME
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PERCENTAGE EARNED
                 YEAR ENDED                                    PERCENTAGE   ON AVERAGE CASH
                 DECEMBER 31                                    INCREASE    AND INVESTMENTS
- ---------------------------------------------      AMOUNT      ----------  ------------------
                                               --------------
                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>             <C>         <C>
  1993.......................................  $     354,165       28.8  %               8.4%
  1994.......................................        408,933       15.5                  8.2
  1995.......................................        458,433       12.1                  7.9
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Net  investment income for 1994  was $54.8 million or  15.5% higher, and for
1995 was $49.5 million or 12.1%  higher, than for the preceding year,  primarily
due  to increases in the average amount of invested assets. Invested assets have
increased primarily due to receiving annuity and guaranteed investment  contract
("GIC")  deposits  and  to  acquisitions.  (Annuity  and  GIC  deposits  are not
considered revenues in accordance
    
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
   
with generally  accepted accounting  principles.) Wisconsin  National and  other
recent  acquisitions represented $23.9 million of the increase in net investment
income in 1994. The assumption of two  blocks of policies in 1994 and one  block
of  policies  in the  second  quarter of  1995 resulted  in  an increase  in net
investment income of $8.9 million in 1995.
    
 
   
    Protective's percentage earned on average cash and investments decreased  in
1994  primarily due to ending, on account of rising interest rates, the strategy
of funding  investments ahead  of receiving  deposits, and  an increase  in  the
amount  of investments with short  durations in order to  bring the durations of
assets and liabilities into balance. The  percentage earned on average cash  and
investments was 8.2% in 1994 and 7.9% in 1995.
    
 
    REALIZED INVESTMENT GAINS (LOSSES)
 
   
    Protective  generally purchases its  investments with the  intent to hold to
maturity by purchasing investments that  match future cash flow needs.  However,
Protective may sell any of its investments to maintain proper matching of assets
and liabilities. Accordingly, Protective has classified its fixed maturities and
certain other investments as "available for sale."
    
 
   
    The  sales of investments that have occurred generally result from portfolio
management decisions to maintain proper matching of assets and liabilities.  The
following  table sets forth realized investment  gains or losses for the periods
shown:
    
 
                       REALIZED INVESTMENT GAINS (LOSSES)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 YEAR ENDED
                 DECEMBER 31
- ---------------------------------------------      AMOUNT
                                               --------------
                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>
  1993.......................................  $       5,054
  1994.......................................          6,298
  1995.......................................          1,951
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Protective maintains an allowance for uncollectible amounts on  investments.
The  allowance totaled $32.7 million  at December 31, 1995  and $35.2 million at
December 31, 1994. Additions to the allowance are treated as realized investment
losses. In  1994, realized  investment  gains of  $14.9 million  were  partially
offset  by realized investment losses of $8.6 million. Realized investment gains
in 1995 of $21.6  million were largely offset  by realized investment losses  of
$19.6  million.  Realized  investment  losses were  reduced  by  a  $2.5 million
reduction to the allowance for uncollectible amounts on investments.
    
 
    OTHER INCOME
 
    The following table sets forth other income for the periods shown:
 
                                  OTHER INCOME
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
- ---------------------------------------------     AMOUNT
                                               -------------
                                                    (IN
                                                THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>
  1993.......................................  $      4,756
  1994.......................................        11,977
  1995.......................................         3,543
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Other income consists  primarily of  fees from  administrative-services-only
types of group accident and health insurance contracts, and from rental of space
in Protective's administrative building to PLC. During
    
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
   
1994,   Protective  recognized  approximately  $8.2  million  in  settlement  of
litigation in which Protective was a  plaintiff relating to an acquisition  made
in  1974. Other income from all other sources decreased $1.0 million in 1994 and
$0.2 million in 1995.
    
 
    INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX
 
    The following table sets forth income or loss before income tax by  business
segment for the periods shown:
 
                        INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX
                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BUSINESS SEGMENT                                               1993        1994        1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>         <C>
Acquisitions..............................................  $   29,845  $   39,176  $   52,136
Financial Institutions....................................       7,220       8,176       8,212
Group.....................................................      10,435      11,169      10,502
Guaranteed Investment Contracts...........................      27,218      33,197      30,555
Individual Life...........................................      20,324      17,223      17,713
Investment Products.......................................       3,402         107      11,951
Corporate and Other.......................................     (14,208)     (8,736)    (14,257)
Unallocated Realized Investment Gains (Losses)............       1,876       5,266         921
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                            $   86,112  $  105,578  $  117,733
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Earnings  from the  Acquisitions Division  are normally  expected to decline
over time (due to the lapsing of  policies resulting from deaths of insureds  or
terminations  of coverage)  unless new  acquisitions are  made. In  the ordinary
course of business, the  Acquisitions Division regularly considers  acquisitions
of  smaller insurance companies or blocks of policies. 1994 pretax earnings from
the Division  of $39.2  million were  $9.3  million higher  than 1993.  The  two
acquisitions  completed  in  1993  added $9.2  million  to  the  Division's 1994
earnings. The acquisition of a block  of policies from Reliance Standard in  the
1994  fourth quarter reduced  earnings $1.3 million.  The remaining increase was
due to improved  claims experience in  the Division's other  blocks of  acquired
policies.  Pretax earnings from the Division  increased $13.0 million in 1995 as
compared to 1994. The two blocks of policies coinsured during 1994 and the block
of policies coinsured during the second quarter of 1995 represent $11.7  million
of the increase.
    
 
   
    The  Financial Institutions Division's 1994  pretax earnings of $8.2 million
were $1.0 million higher than 1993 primarily due to premium growth and  improved
claims  ratios. The Division's 1995 pretax earnings were relatively unchanged as
compared to  1994.  The Division  has  entered into  a  reinsurance  arrangement
whereby  all of the Division's  new credit insurance sales  are being ceded to a
reinsurer. In the 1995 second quarter the  Division also ceded a block of  older
policies.  Though the  Division's reported  earnings were  reduced approximately
$2.0 million,  these  reinsurance  transactions  are  expected  to  improve  the
Division's return on investment.
    
 
   
    Group  1994 pretax earnings  of $11.2 million were  $0.8 million higher than
1993. Higher traditional  group life  and health earnings  were complemented  by
higher  earnings from the Division's cancer  and dental products. The Division's
1994 results  include approximately  $3.0  million of  expenses to  establish  a
special  marketing  unit  to  sell  dental  plans  through  mail  and  telephone
solicitations. The Division's 1995 pretax earnings were $0.7 million lower  than
1994.  Although total  dental earnings were  up $2.6  million, lower traditional
group life and health earnings offset the increase.
    
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
   
    The Guaranteed Investment  Contracts ("GIC") Division  had pretax  operating
earnings  of $34.5 million in 1995 and $30.2 million in 1994. Operating earnings
in 1995  were  benefited  by  lower  expenses  and  a  favorable  interest  rate
environment.  This increase was also partially due to the growth in GIC deposits
placed with Protective. At December 31, 1995, GIC deposits totaled $2.5  billion
compared  to $2.3 billion one year earlier. Realized investment gains associated
with this Division in 1994 were $3.0 million as compared to realized  investment
losses  of $3.9 million in  1995. As a result,  total pretax earnings were $33.2
million in 1994 and $30.6  million in 1995. The rate  of growth in GIC  deposits
has decreased as the amount of maturing contracts increased.
    
 
   
    The Individual Life Division had 1994 pretax earnings of $17.2 million, $3.1
million  lower  than  1993.  Mortality experience,  while  still  favorable, was
approximately $2.5 million  less favorable  than 1993. The  Division also  spent
approximately $3.0 million during 1994 to develop new ventures. The Division had
1995  pretax  earnings  of $17.7  million,  $0.5  million higher  than  1994. At
December 31,  1994  Protective  reduced the  statutory  policy  liabilities  for
certain  of its term-like products to be more consistent with current regulation
and industry practice. This reduced investment income allocated to the  Division
in  1995  by approximately  $2.6 million  when  compared to  1994. Additionally,
expenses to develop a new variable  universal life product were $1.3 million  in
1995. These decreases were partially offset by increased earnings from favorable
mortality experience and a growing amount of business in force.
    
 
   
    The  Investment Products Division reported pretax operating earnings of $0.9
million for  1994.  These  results  are  after  approximately  $2.0  million  of
additional  amortization  of deferred  policy acquisition  costs related  to the
compression  of  interest  spreads  caused  by  rising  interest  rates  on  the
Division's  fixed annuities, and expenses  of approximately $4.5 million related
to the  development and  introduction of  the Division's  variable annuity.  The
Division's  1995 pretax  operating earnings  of $8.6  million were  $7.7 million
higher than 1994.  During 1994 the  Division completed the  amortization of  the
deferred   policy  acquisition  costs  related  to  its  book  value  annuities.
Accordingly, 1995  operating earnings  were  $7.2 million  higher due  to  lower
amortization.  The  Division  also  benefited  from  a  favorable  interest rate
environment. Realized investment losses, net of related amortization of deferred
policy acquisition costs, were  $0.8 million in 1994  as compared with  realized
investment  gains, net  of amortizaion,  of $3.4 million  in 1995.  As a result,
total pretax earnings were $0.1 million in 1994 and $12.0 million in 1995. Fixed
annuity deposits totaled $996 million and variable annuity deposits totaled $392
million at December  31, 1995.  Variable annuity  deposits of  $322 million  are
reported  in the  accompanying financial  statements as  "liabilities related to
separate accounts."
    
 
   
    The Corporate and Other segment consists of several small insurance lines of
business, net investment income and other operating expenses not identified with
the preceding  operating  divisions  (including interest  on  substantially  all
debt).  Pretax losses for this segment were  $5.5 million lower in 1994 and $5.5
million higher in  1995 as  compared to the  previous year.  The segment's  1994
results  include approximately $8.2 million received in settlement of litigation
relating to  an acquisition  made in  1974. All  other expenses  increased  $2.5
million  in 1994 and decreased $2.7 million  in 1995 as compared to the previous
year.
    
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
    INCOME TAX EXPENSE
 
    The  following  table sets  forth  the effective  income  tax rates  for the
periods shown:
 
                               INCOME TAX EXPENSE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             YEAR ENDED
                            DECEMBER 31                               EFFECTIVE INCOME TAX RATES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>
  1993..............................................................               33.4%
  1994..............................................................               31.1
  1995..............................................................               34.0
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    In August 1993, the corporate income tax rate was increased from 34% to  35%
which  resulted in a one-time increase to income tax expense of $1.2 million due
to a recalculation of Protective's deferred income tax liability. The  effective
income  tax  rate for  1993,  excluding the  one-time  increase, was  33.4%. The
effective income tax rate for 1994 was 31.1%. The estimated income tax rate  for
1995  was increased from 33% to 34%  during the 1995 third quarter. Management's
current estimate of the effective income tax rate for 1996 is 34%.
    
 
    NET INCOME
 
    The following table sets forth net income for the periods shown:
 
                                   NET INCOME
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         YEAR ENDED                                               PERCENTAGE
                        DECEMBER 31                                                INCREASE
- ------------------------------------------------------------       AMOUNT         ----------
                                                              -----------------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>                 <C>
  1993......................................................  $      56,155         39.6%
  1994......................................................         72,723         29.5
  1995......................................................         77,696          6.8
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Net income in 1994 was 29.5% higher than 1993, reflecting improved  earnings
in  the  Acquisitions,  Financial  Institutions, Group,  and  GIC  Divisions and
Corporate and  Other segment,  and higher  realized investment  gains  partially
offset  by  lower  earnings  in  the  Individual  Life  and  Investment Products
Divisions. Compared  to 1994,  net  income in  1995 increased  6.8%,  reflecting
improved  earnings in the Acquisitions, Financial Institutions, Individual Life,
and Investment Products Divisions, and higher investment income partially offset
by lower earnings in  the Group and  GIC Divisions and  the Corporate and  Other
segment as well as lower realized investment gains.
    
 
    KNOWN TRENDS AND UNCERTAINTIES
 
    The   operating  results  of  companies   in  the  insurance  industry  have
historically been  subject  to  significant  fluctuations  due  to  competition,
economic  conditions,  interest  rates, investment  performance,  maintenance of
insurance ratings, and  other factors.  Certain known  trends and  uncertainties
which  may affect future reported results of Protective are discussed more fully
below.
 
   
    COMPETITION.   Protective  operates in  a  highly competitive  industry.  In
connection  with the development and sale of its products, Protective encounters
significant competition  from  other insurance  companies,  many of  which  have
financial  resources or  ratings greater  than those  of Protective.  Certain of
Protective's products compete against  other investment alternatives,  including
bonds, stocks and mutual funds.
    
 
   
    The  insurance industry is a mature  industry. In recent years, the industry
has experienced virtually no  growth in life insurance  sales, though the  aging
population has increased the demand for retirement savings
    
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
   
products.  Management believes that Protective's ability to compete is dependent
upon, among other things, its ability to attract and retain agents to market its
insurance products, its ability to develop competitive and profitable  products,
and its maintenance of a high rating from rating agencies.
    
 
   
    Bank  products  provide competitive  alternatives  to Protective's  GICs and
annuities. Banks may also compete by selling annuity products provided by  other
insurance  companies.  In  addition, in  the  future banks  and  other financial
institutions may be granted approval to  underwrite and sell annuities or  other
insurance   products   that   compete   directly   with   Protective.  Likewise,
nontraditional sources  of  healthcare  coverages, such  as  health  maintenance
organizations   and  preferred   provider  organizations,   provide  competitive
alternatives to Protective's traditional group health products.
    
 
   
    Protective  competes  against  other   insurance  companies  and   financial
institutions in the origination of commercial mortgage loans.
    
 
    RATINGS.     Ratings  have  become   an  increasingly  important  factor  in
establishing  the   competitive   position  of   insurance   companies.   Rating
organizations  continue  to review  the financial  performance and  condition of
insurers, including Protective. A downgrade  in the ratings of Protective  could
materially adversely affect its business operations, particularly its ability to
attract  annuity and guaranteed investment contract  deposits and its ability to
compete for attractive acquisition opportunities.
 
    Rating organizations assign ratings based  upon several factors. While  most
of  the considered  factors relate  to the  rated company,  some of  the factors
relate to  general  economic conditions  and  other factors  outside  the  rated
company's  control. Therefore, ratings  downgrades may result  for reasons other
than a deterioration  in a  rated company's financial  condition or  competitive
position.
 
   
    POLICY CLAIMS FLUCTUATIONS.  Protective's results may fluctuate from year to
year  on account of fluctuations in  policy claims received by Protective during
the year. Due to the long-term nature of the insurance business, there should be
a review of operating results for a period of several years in order to obtain a
more accurate indication of performance.
    
 
   
    INTEREST RATE FLUCTUATIONS.  Rising interest rates could cause market values
to fall  below  amortized cost  for  many  of the  Protective's  fixed  maturity
investments.  Therefore, realized investment losses might be incurred upon sales
of investments to  maintain proper  matching of assets  and liabilities.  Rising
interest  rates could  cause disintermediation of  GIC and  annuity deposits and
individual  life  policy  cash  values.   In  addition,  the  market  value   of
Protective's fixed maturity investments would generally decrease, and Protective
may  be unable to fully  enforce the call provisions  of its mortgage loans. The
difference between the interest rate earned on investments and the interest rate
credited to interest-sensitive products may also be adversely affected by rising
interest rates.
    
 
    Falling interest rates could cause some of Protective's corporate bonds that
have call  features  to be  called,  which could  cause  Protective to  have  to
reinvest the proceeds at lower interest rates.
 
    Protective's mortgage loans are entered into, and mortgage-backed securities
are  purchased,  based on  assumptions regarding  rates  of prepayments.  To the
extent that actual  prepayments are  earlier or  later than  anticipated due  to
falling  or rising  interest rates, Protective  may not receive  cash flows when
expected.  Most  of  Protective's  mortgage  loans,  however,  have  significant
prepayment penalties.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
   
    INVESTMENT  RISKS.   Protective invests  its assets  giving consideration to
such factors as liquidity needs, investment quality, investment return, matching
of assets and liabilities,  and the composition of  the investment portfolio  by
asset  type and credit exposure. However, Protective's actual investment results
may be adversely affected  by interest rate  fluctuations, financial market  and
general economic conditions, and other external factors.
    
 
    CONTINUING SUCCESS OF ACQUISITION STRATEGY.  Protective has actively pursued
a  strategy of acquiring blocks of insurance policies. This acquisition strategy
has increased Protective's earnings in  part by allowing Protective to  position
itself  to  realize  certain  unit cost  reductions  and  operating efficiencies
associated with economies  of scale. There  can be no  assurance, however,  that
suitable   acquisitions,  presenting  opportunities  for  continued  growth  and
operating efficiencies, will  continue to  be available to  Protective, or  that
Protective will realize the anticipated financial results from its acquisitions.
 
   
    REGULATION  AND TAXATION.  Protective is subject to government regulation in
each of the states in which it  conducts business. Such regulation is vested  in
state agencies having broad administrative power dealing with all aspects of the
insurance  business, including rates, policy forms, and capital adequacy, and is
concerned  primarily   with  the   protection  of   policyholders  rather   than
stockholders.  Protective  cannot  predict  the form  of  any  future regulatory
initiatives.
    
 
   
    The design  and  administration  of  Protective's  insurance  products,  the
conduct  of Protective's agents, and the  content of advertising and other sales
materials are  also  regulated  by these  agencies.  Recently,  some  regulatory
agencies  have  enhanced  their enforcement  efforts  resulting  in disciplinary
actions being taken against insurers, including the assessment of fines.
    
 
    Under insurance guaranty fund laws in most states, insurance companies doing
business in a participating  state can be assessed  up to prescribed limits  for
policyholder  losses  incurred  by  insolvent  or  failed  insurance  companies.
Although Protective  cannot  predict  the  amount  of  any  future  assessments,
Protective  does  not  believe  that any  such  assessments  will  be materially
different from amounts already  provided for in  the financial statements.  Most
insurance guaranty fund laws currently provide that an assessment may be excused
or deferred if it would threaten an insurer's financial strength.
 
    Under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), income tax
payable   by  policyholders  on  investment  earnings  is  deferred  during  the
accumulation period  of  certain  life  insurance  and  annuity  products.  This
favorable  tax treatment may give certain of Protective's products a competitive
advantage over other retirement products that do not offer this benefit. To  the
extent  that  the Code  is revised  to  reduce the  tax-deferred status  of life
insurance and  annuity  products, or  to  increase the  tax-deferred  status  of
competing products, Protective's competitive position may be adversely affected.
 
   
    The  President and Congress have from time  to time advocated changes to the
current healthcare delivery  system which  will address  both affordability  and
availability  issues. The  ultimate scope and  effective date  of any healthcare
reform proposals  are unknown  at this  time. It  is anticipated  that any  such
proposals  may adversely  affect certain  products in  Protective's group health
insurance business. In addition to the  federal initiatives, a number of  states
are   considering  legislative  programs   that  are  intended   to  affect  the
accessibility and  affordability  of  health care.  Some  states  have  recently
enacted healthcare reform legislation. These various state programs (which could
be  preempted by  any federal  program) may  also adversely  affect Protective's
group health  insurance  business.  However,  in light  of  the  small  relative
proportion  of  Protective's earnings  attributable  to group  health insurance,
management does not expect that either the federal or state proposals will  have
a material adverse effect on Protective's earnings.
    
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    Protective  cannot predict what future initiatives the President or Congress
may propose which may affect Protective.
 
   
    LITIGATION.  A number of civil jury verdicts have been returned against life
and health  insurers in  the  jurisdictions in  which Protective  does  business
involving  the insurers' sales  practices, alleged agent  misconduct, failure to
properly supervise agents, and other matters. Some of the lawsuits have resulted
in the award of  substantial judgments against  the insurer, including  material
amounts  of punitive damages. In some states, juries have substantial discretion
in awarding punitive damages in these circumstances. Protective, like other life
and health insurers, from time to time is involved in such litigation.  Although
the  outcome of any  litigation cannot be  predicted with certainty,  to date no
such lawsuit has  resulted in  the award of  any significant  amount of  damages
against Protective.
    
 
   
    RELIANCE  UPON  THE  PERFORMANCE OF  OTHERS.   Protective  has  entered into
various ventures involving other parties. Examples include, but are not  limited
to: the Investment Products Division's variable annuity deposits are invested in
funds   managed  by  Goldman  Sachs  Asset  Management  and  its  affiliates;  a
significant amount of  the Investment  Products Division's  fixed annuity  sales
come  from four  broker-dealers; and  a portion  of the  sales in  the Financial
Institutions  and  Group  Divisions  comes  from  arrangements  with   unrelated
marketing  organizations. Therefore Protective's results  may be affected by the
performance of others.
    
 
   
    INDEMNITY  REINSURANCE.    As  is  customary  in  the  insurance   industry,
Protective  cedes insurance to  other insurance companies.  The ceding insurance
company remains contingently liable with  respect to ceded insurance should  any
reinsurer  be unable to  meet the obligations  assumed by it.  Protective sets a
limit on the amount  of insurance retained  on the life of  any one person.  For
example,  in the  individual lines Protective  will not  retain, generally, more
than $500,000, including accidental death benefits,  on any one life. For  group
insurance, the maximum amount retained on any one life is generally $100,000. At
December  31, 1995, Protective had insurance in  force of $61.9 billion of which
approximately $17.5 billion was ceded to reinsurers.
    
 
    RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
   
    In 1995  Protective  adopted  Statement of  Financial  Accounting  Standards
(SFAS) No. 114, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan," and SFAS No.
118, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan -- Income Recognition and
Disclosures."  Under these new standards, a loan is considered impaired if it is
probable that Protective  will be unable  to collect the  scheduled payments  of
principal  or interest when due  according to the contractual  terms of the loan
agreement. Based  on Protective's  evaluation of  its mortgage  loan  portfolio,
Protective  does  not expect  any  material losses  on  its mortgage  loans, and
therefore no allowance for losses is required under SFAS No. 114 at December 31,
1995.
    
 
   
    In 1995 PLC adopted SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,"
which changes the way stock-based compensation expense is measured and  requires
additional  disclosures  relating to  PLC's  stock-based compensation  plan. The
adoption of SFAS No. 123 had no material effect on either PLC's or  Protective's
financial statements.
    
 
   
    In  1995  the Financial  Accounting Standards  Board  issued: SFAS  No. 120,
"Accounting and Reporting by Mutual Life Insurance Enterprises and by  Insurance
Enterprises  for Certain  Long-Duration Participating Contracts;"  SFAS No. 121,
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
Be Disposed Of;" and SFAS No.  122, "Accounting for Mortgage Servicing  Rights."
Protective  anticipates  that  the  impact of  adapting  these  three accounting
standards will be immaterial to its financial condition.
    
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    Protective's operations usually produce a positive cash flow. This cash flow
is used  to fund  an investment  portfolio to  finance future  benefit  payments
including  those arising from  various types of  deposit contracts. Since future
benefit payments largely represent long-term obligations reserved using  certain
assumed interest rates, Protective's investments are predominantly in medium and
long-term, fixed-rate investments such as bonds and mortgage loans which provide
a sufficient return to cover these obligations.
 
    Many  of Protective's products contain  surrender charges and other features
which reward  persistency  and penalize  the  early withdrawal  of  funds.  With
respect  to such products,  surrender charges are  generally sufficient to cover
Protective's unamortized, deferred policy acquisition costs with respect to  the
policy  being surrendered. GICs and certain  annuity contracts have market value
adjustments which protect Protective against investment losses if interest rates
are higher at the time of surrender as compared to interest rates at the time of
issue.
 
   
    In accordance with SFAS No. 115, Protective's investments in debt and equity
securities are reported at market value,  and investments in mortgage loans  are
reported at amortized cost. At December 31, 1995, the fixed maturity investments
(bonds,  bank loan participations, and redeemable preferred stocks) had a market
value of $3,891.9 million, which is  2.4% above amortized cost (less  allowances
for  uncollectible amounts on  investments) of $3,798.9  million. Protective had
$1,835.1 million  in mortgage  loans at  December 31,  1995. While  Protective's
mortgage  loans  do  not  have  quoted  market  values,  at  December  31, 1995,
Protective estimates  the market  value of  its mortgage  loans to  be  $2,001.1
million  (using discounted cash flows from the  next call date) which is 9.0% in
excess  of  amortized  book   value.  These  assets   are  invested  for   terms
approximately corresponding to anticipated future benefit payments. Thus, market
fluctuations  should  not  adversely  affect  liquidity.  Most  of  Protective's
mortgage loans have significant prepayment penalties.
    
 
   
    For several years  Protective has offered  a type of  commercial loan  under
which  Protective will permit a slightly  higher loan-to-value ratio in exchange
for a participating interest in the cash flows from the underlying real  estate.
Approximately   $361   million  of   Protective's   mortgage  loans   have  this
participation feature.
    
 
   
    At December 31,  1995, delinquent mortgage  loans and foreclosed  properties
were  $26.1 million or  0.4% of assets.  Bonds rated less  than investment grade
were $75.7 million  or 1.1% of  assets. Additionally, Protective  had bank  loan
participations that were less than investment grade, representing $206.0 million
or  2.9% of  assets. Protective does  not expect these  investments to adversely
affect its  liquidity or  ability to  hold its  other investments  to  maturity.
Protective's  allowance  for  uncollectible  amounts  on  investments  was $32.7
million at December 31, 1995.
    
 
   
    Policy loans at December  31, 1995 were $143.4  million, a decrease of  $4.2
million  from December 31, 1994. Policy loan  rates are generally in the 4.5% to
8.0% range. Such rates at least equal the assumed interest rates used for future
policy benefits.
    
 
   
    Protective believes  its  asset/liability  matching  practices  and  certain
product  features  provide  significant protection  for  Protective  against the
effects of  changes  in interest  rates.  However, approximately  one-fourth  of
Protective's liabilities relate to products (primarily whole life insurance) the
profitability  of which may be affected by changes in interest rates. The effect
of such changes in any  one year is not  expected to be material.  Additionally,
Protective  believes its  asset/liability matching  practices provide sufficient
liquidity to  enable it  to fulfill  its obligation  to pay  benefits under  its
various insurance and deposit contracts.
    
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
   
    Protective's  asset/liability matching  practices involve  the monitoring of
asset and liability durations for various product lines; cash flow testing under
various interest rate scenarios;  and the continuous  rebalancing of assets  and
liabilities  with respect to  yield, risk, and cash  flow characteristics. It is
Protective's policy to maintain asset and liability durations within 10% of  one
another.
    
 
   
    During  1994,  interest  rates rose  approximately  three  percentage points
causing the  duration of  Protective's  assets to  increase somewhat  above  the
duration  of its liabilities.  Protective responded to  the duration mismatch by
adjusting the composition  of its assets  to bring the  durations of assets  and
liabilities  into balance.  During 1995,  interest rates  fell approximately 2.5
percentage points. Likewise, Protective adjusted  the composition of its  assets
to eliminate any significant duration mismatches.
    
 
   
    Protective  does  not  use  derivative  financial  instruments  for  trading
purposes. Combinations of futures  contracts and options  on treasury notes  are
sometimes  used as hedges for asset/liability management of certain investments,
primarily  mortgage  loans   on  real  estate   and  liabilities  arising   from
interest-sensitive  products  such as  GICs  and annuities.  Realized investment
gains and losses of such contracts are  deferred and amortized over the life  of
the  hedged asset. Net  realized losses, incurred  due to a  decline in interest
rates, of  $15.2 million  were deferred  in  1995. At  December 31,  1995,  open
futures contracts with a notional amount of $25.0 million were in a $0.6 million
net unrealized loss position.
    
 
   
    Protective  uses interest rate swap contracts to convert certain investments
from a variable rate of  interest to a fixed rate  of interest. At December  31,
1995, related open interest rate swap contracts with a notional amount of $170.3
million were in a $1.3 million net unrealized gain position.
    
 
   
    Protective  entered the GIC market in  late 1989. Most GIC contracts written
by Protective have maturities of 3 to 5 years. Prior to 1993, few GIC  contracts
were  maturing because the contracts were  newly written. Beginning in 1993, and
continuing into 1994  and 1995, GIC  contracts began to  mature as  contemplated
when  the  contracts  were  sold.  Withdrawals  related  to  GIC  contracts were
approximately $700 million  during 1994  and $800 million  in 1995.  Withdrawals
related to GIC contracts are estimated to be approximately $700 million in 1996.
Protective's  asset/liability  matching  practices  take  into  account maturing
contracts. Accordingly, Protective does not expect maturing contracts to have an
unusual effect on the future operations and liquidity of Protective.
    
 
   
    In anticipation  of  receiving  GIC and  annuity  deposits,  Protective  was
committed  at December  31, 1995  to fund mortgage  loans and  to purchase fixed
maturity and  other  long-term investments  in  the amount  of  $278.5  million.
Protective held $53.1 million in cash and short-term investments at December 31,
1995.
    
 
   
    In  order  to provide  additional liquidity,  Protective plans  a commercial
mortgage securitization  during  the  1996  first  quarter.  Proceeds  from  the
securitization   of   approximately   $400  million   will   be   reinvested  in
publicly-traded investment grade bonds.
    
 
    While Protective generally anticipates that  the cash flows from  operations
will  be sufficient to meet its investment commitments and operating cash needs,
Protective recognizes that  investment commitments  scheduled to  be funded  may
from  time to  time exceed the  funds then available.  Therefore, Protective has
arranged sources of credit to fund investments in such circumstances. Protective
expects that  the rate  received on  its investments  will equal  or exceed  its
borrowing   rate.  Additionally,   Protective  may   from  time   to  time  sell
short-duration GICs to complement its cash management practices.
 
   
    At December  31,  1995,  Protective  had  no  borrowings  under  its  credit
arrangements.
    
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
   
    As  disclosed in  the Notes to  the Consolidated  Financial Statements, $329
million  of  consolidated   stockholder's  equity,   excluding  net   unrealized
investment gains and losses, represented net assets of Protective that cannot be
transferred  to PLC in the  form of dividends, loans,  or advances. In addition,
Protective is subject to various state statutory and regulatory restrictions  on
its  ability to  pay dividends  to PLC.  In general,  dividends up  to specified
levels are considered ordinary and may be paid thirty days after written  notice
to  the insurance commissioner of the state of domicile unless such commissioner
objects to the  dividend prior to  the expiration of  such period. Dividends  in
larger amounts are considered extraordinary and are subject to affirmative prior
approval by such commissioner. The maximum amount that would qualify as ordinary
dividends  to PLC by Protective  in 1996 is estimated  to be $129 million. Also,
distributions, including  cash dividends  to PLC  from Protective  in excess  of
approximately $322 million, would be subject to federal income tax at rates then
effective.  Protective  does not  anticipate involuntarily  making distributions
that would be subject to tax.
    
 
    For the foregoing  reasons and due  to the expected  growth of  Protective's
insurance  sales, Protective  will retain  substantial portions  of its earnings
primarily to support future growth.
 
    A life insurance company's statutory capital is computed according to  rules
prescribed  by the  National Association  of Insurance  Commissioners (NAIC), as
modified by  the insurance  company's state  of domicile.  Statutory  accounting
rules  are  different  from  generally accepted  accounting  principles  and are
intended to  reflect  a  more  conservative  view  by,  for  example,  requiring
immediate  expensing of policy  acquisition costs. The  achievement of long-term
growth will require growth  in the statutory  capital of Protective.  Protective
may  secure  additional  statutory  capital  through  various  sources,  such as
internally generated  statutory earnings  or equity  contributions by  PLC  from
funds generated through debt or equity offerings.
 
   
    The  NAIC's risk-based  capital requirements require  insurance companies to
calculate and  report  information under  a  risk-based capital  formula.  These
requirements are intended to allow insurance regulators to identify inadequately
capitalized  insurance  companies based  upon the  types  and mixtures  of risks
inherent in the insurer's operations. The formula includes components for  asset
risk,  liability risk,  interest rate  exposure, and  other factors.  Based upon
their  December  31,  1995  statutory  financial  reports,  Protective  and  its
insurance subsidiaries are adequately capitalized under the formula.
    
 
   
    Protective  is not aware of any litigation that will have a material adverse
effect on the financial position of Protective. Protective does not believe that
the regulatory initiatives currently  under consideration by various  regulatory
agencies  will have a  material adverse impact on  Protective. Protective is not
aware of any material  pending or threatened regulatory  action with respect  to
Protective.  Protective  does  not  believe  that  any  insurance  guaranty fund
assessments will be materially  different from amounts  already provided for  in
the financial statements.
    
 
   
    As  noted above, SFAS No. 115 requires Protective to carry its investment in
fixed maturities  and  certain  other  securities at  market  value  instead  of
amortized cost. As prescribed by SFAS No. 115, these investments are recorded at
their  market  values with  the resulting  unrealized gains  and losses,  net of
income tax, reported as a component of stockholder's equity reduced by a related
adjustment to  deferred policy  acquisition costs.  The market  values of  fixed
maturities  increase  or decrease  as interest  rates  fall or  rise. Therefore,
although the adoption of SFAS No.  115 does not affect Protective's  operations,
its reported stockholder's equity will fluctuate significantly as interest rates
change.
    
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
   
    During  1994 interest rates rose approximately three percentage points. SFAS
No. 115 required Protective to report a $146.8 million decrease in stockholder's
equity at  December 31,  1994, as  compared to  December 31,  1993. During  1995
interest   rates  fell  approximately  2.5  percentage  points,  which  required
Protective to  report  a $165.4  million  increase in  stockholder's  equity  at
December 31, 1995, as compared to December 31, 1994.
    
 
IMPACT OF INFLATION
 
    Inflation  increases the need for insurance. Many policyholders who once had
adequate insurance programs  increase their life  insurance coverage to  provide
the  same relative financial benefits and protection. The effect of inflation on
medical costs leads to accident and health policies with higher benefits.  Thus,
inflation has increased the need for life and accident and health products.
 
    The higher interest rates that have traditionally accompanied inflation also
affect  Protective's investment operation. Policy  loans increase as policy loan
interest rates become  relatively more attractive.  As interest rates  increase,
disintermediation  of GIC and  annuity deposits and  individual life policy cash
values may  increase, the  market value  of Protective's  fixed-rate,  long-term
investments  may decrease, and  Protective may be unable  to implement fully the
interest rate reset and  call provisions of its  mortgage loans. The  difference
between  the interest rate earned on  investments and the interest rate credited
to interest-sensitive products may also be adversely affected by rising interest
rates.
 
    Inflation has increased  the cost of  health care. The  adequacy of  premium
rates  in relation  to the  level of  accident and  health claims  is constantly
monitored, and where appropriate, premium  rates on such policies are  increased
as  policy benefits increase.  Failure to make  such increases commensurate with
healthcare cost increases may result in a loss from health insurance.
 
    Protective does not believe the current rate of inflation will significantly
affect is operations.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
D.  INSURANCE IN FORCE
 
   
    Protective's total consolidated life insurance in force at December 31, 1995
was $61.9 billion. The following table shows sales by face amount and  insurance
in force for Protective's business segments.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           1995           1994           1993           1992           1991
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                    <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
New Business Written
  Financial Institutions.............  $   3,563,177  $   2,524,212  $   2,776,276  $   1,149,265  $   1,057,886
  Group..............................        119,357        184,429        252,345        328,258        390,141
  Individual Life....................      7,564,983      6,329,630      4,440,510      4,877,038      4,244,903
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total............................  $  11,247,517  $   9,038,271  $   7,469,131  $   6,354,561  $   5,692,930
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Business Acquired
  Acquisitions.......................  $   6,129,159  $   4,756,371  $   4,378,812  $   1,302,330
  Financial Institutions.............                                                   1,432,338
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total............................  $   6,129,159  $   4,756,371  $   4,378,812  $   2,734,668  $           0
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Insurance in Force at End of Year (1)
  Acquisitions.......................  $  16,778,359  $  11,728,569  $   8,452,114  $   3,836,066  $   4,385,948
  Financial Institutions.............      6,233,256      4,841,318      4,306,179      3,690,610      2,446,815
  Group..............................      6,371,313      7,464,501      6,716,724      6,315,410      7,088,931
  Individual Life....................     32,500,935     25,843,232     22,975,577     20,634,927     16,655,923
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total............................  $  61,883,863  $  49,877,620  $  42,450,594  $  34,477,013  $  30,577,617
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
(1) Reinsurance  assumed has been included; reinsurance ceded (1995-$17,524,366;
    1994-$8,639,272; 1993-$7,484,566; 1992-$6,982,127; 1991-$5,292,080) has  not
    been deducted.
    
 
    The  ratio of  voluntary terminations of  individual life  insurance to mean
individual life insurance in force, which  is determined by dividing the  amount
of insurance terminated due to surrenders and lapses during the year by the mean
of the insurance in force at the beginning and end of the year, adjusted for the
timing of major acquisitions and assumptions was:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      RATIO OF
                                   YEAR ENDED                                        VOLUNTARY
                                  DECEMBER 31                                       TERMINATIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------------
<S>                                                                               <C>
  1991..........................................................................          8.9%
  1992..........................................................................          9.0
  1993..........................................................................          8.7
  1994..........................................................................          7.0
  1995..........................................................................          6.9
</TABLE>
    
 
    Net terminations reflect voluntary lapses and cash surrenders, some of which
may  be  due  to  the replacement  of  Protective's  products  with competitors'
products. Also, a higher percentage of voluntary lapses typically occurs in  the
first  15 months of a  policy, and accordingly, lapses  will tend to increase or
decrease in  proportion  to the  change  in  new insurance  written  during  the
immediately preceding periods.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
    The  amount of investment products in force is measured by account balances.
The following table  shows guaranteed  investment contract  and annuity  account
balances.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             GUARANTEED    MODIFIED
                YEAR ENDED                   INVESTMENT   GUARANTEED     FIXED      VARIABLE
               DECEMBER 31                   CONTRACTS     ANNUITIES   ANNUITIES   ANNUITIES
- ------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  ----------  ----------
                                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                         <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>
  1991....................................  $  1,264,603   $ 115,477   $  324,662
  1992....................................     1,694,530     299,608      374,451
  1993....................................     2,015,075     468,689      537,053
  1994....................................     2,281,673     661,359      542,766  $  170,454
  1995....................................     2,451,693     741,849      472,656     392,237
</TABLE>
    
 
E.  UNDERWRITING
 
    The  underwriting policies of Protective are established by management. With
respect  to  individual   insurance,  Protective  uses   information  from   the
application   and,  in  some  cases,  inspection  reports,  attending  physician
statements, or  medical examinations  to determine  whether a  policy should  be
issued  as applied for,  rated, or rejected.  Medical examinations of applicants
are required  for individual  life  insurance in  excess of  certain  prescribed
amounts  (which  vary based  on the  type  of insurance)  and for  most ordinary
insurance applied for  by applicants  over age 50.  In the  case of  "simplified
issue"  policies, which are issued  primarily through the Financial Institutions
Division and the payroll deduction market, coverage is rejected if the responses
to certain health questions contained in the application indicate adverse health
of  the  applicant.  For  other   than  "simplified  issue"  policies,   medical
examinations  are requested  of any applicant,  regardless of age  and amount of
requested coverage,  if an  examination is  deemed necessary  to underwrite  the
risk.  Substandard  risks may  be  referred to  reinsurers  for full  or partial
reinsurance of the substandard risk.
 
    Protective requires  blood  samples  to be  drawn  with  ordinary  insurance
applications  for coverage  over $100,000 (ages  16-50) or $150,000  (age 51 and
above). Blood samples are  tested for a  wide range of  chemical values and  are
screened  for antibodies to  the HIV virus.  Applications also contain questions
permitted by law regarding the HIV virus which must be answered by the  proposed
insureds.
 
    Group  insurance underwriting policies are administered by experienced group
underwriters. The underwriting policies are designed for single employer groups.
Initial premium rates  are based on  prior claim experience  and manual  premium
rates with relative weights depending on the size of the group and nature of the
benefits.
 
F.  INVESTMENTS
 
    The  types of assets in which Protective  may invest are influenced by state
laws which prescribe qualified investment assets. Within the parameters of these
laws, Protective  invests its  assets giving  consideration to  such factors  as
liquidity  needs, investment quality, investment  return, matching of assets and
liabilities, and the composition of the  investment portfolio by asset type  and
credit exposure. Because liquidity is important, Protective continually balances
maturity against yield and quality considerations in selecting new investments.
 
    Protective's  asset/liability matching practices involve monitoring of asset
and liability  durations for  various  product lines,  cash flow  testing  under
various  interest rate scenarios, and rebalancing of assets and liabilities with
respect to yield, risk, and cash-flow characteristics.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
   
    The following table  shows Protective's  investments at  December 31,  1995,
valued on the basis of generally accepted accounting principles.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       PERCENT OF TOTAL
                                                                                         INVESTMENTS
                                                                   ASSET VALUE         ----------------
                                                              ----------------------
                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>                      <C>
Fixed maturities:
  Bonds:
    Mortgage-backed securities..............................        $2,049,775               34.0%
    United States Government and government agencies and
     authorities............................................           107,577                1.8
    States, municipalities, and political subdivisions......            11,590                0.2
    Public utilities........................................           327,244                5.4
    Convertibles and bonds with warrants attached...........               493             --
    All other corporate bonds...............................         1,168,848               19.4
  Bank loan participations..................................           220,811                3.7
  Redeemable preferred stocks...............................             5,594                0.1
                                                                   -----------              -----
    Total fixed maturities..................................         3,891,932               64.6
                                                                   -----------              -----
Equity securities:
  Common stocks -- industrial, miscellaneous, and all
   other....................................................            28,746                0.5
  Nonredeemable preferred stocks............................             9,965                0.2
                                                                   -----------              -----
    Total equity securities.................................            38,711                0.7
                                                                   -----------              -----
Mortgage loans on real estate...............................         1,835,057               30.5
Investment real estate......................................            20,788                0.3
Policy loans................................................           143,372                2.4
Other long-term investments.................................            43,875                0.7
Short-term investments......................................            46,891                0.8
                                                                   -----------              -----
      Total investments.....................................        $6,020,626              100.0%
                                                                   -----------              -----
                                                                   -----------              -----
</TABLE>
    
 
    A  significant  portion  of  Protective's  bond  portfolio  is  invested  in
mortgage-backed securities.  Mortgage-backed  securities  are  constructed  from
pools of residential mortgages, and may have cash flow volatility as a result of
changes  in the rate at which prepayments of principal occur with respect to the
underlying loans. Prepayments of principal  on the underlying residential  loans
can be expected to accelerate with decreases in interest rates and diminish with
increases in interest rates.
 
   
    In  management's  view,  the  overall  quality  of  Protective's  investment
portfolio continues  to  be strong.  Protective  obtains ratings  of  its  fixed
maturities from Moody's Investor Service, Inc. ("Moody's") and Standard & Poor's
Corporation  ("S&P"). If a bond is not  rated by Moody's or S&P, Protective uses
ratings from  the Securities  Valuation Office  of the  National Association  of
Insurance  Commissioners ("NAIC"),  or Protective  rates the  bond based  upon a
comparison of the  unrated issue to  rated issues  of the same  issuer or  rated
issues of other issuers with similar risk characteristics. At December 31, 1995,
approximately 98% of bonds were rated by Moody's, S&P, or the NAIC.
    
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
   
    The  following  table  shows  the  approximate  percentage  distribution  of
Protective's  fixed  maturities  by  rating  category,  utilizing  S&P's  rating
categories, at December 31, 1995:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                      FIXED
TYPE                                                                                MATURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------
<S>                                                                               <C>
Bonds
  AAA...........................................................................        56.1%
  AA............................................................................         4.5
  A.............................................................................        12.6
  BBB...........................................................................        19.0
  BB or less....................................................................         2.0
Bank Loan Participations
  Investment Grade..............................................................         0.4
  Non-Investment Grade..........................................................         5.3
Redeemable Preferred Stock......................................................         0.1
                                                                                       -----
Total...........................................................................       100.0%
                                                                                       -----
                                                                                       -----
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    At  December  31,  1995,  approximately  $3,589.9  million  of  Protective's
$3,665.6  million  bond  portfolio   was  invested  in  U.S.   Government-backed
securities  or  investment grade  corporate bonds  and only  approximately $75.7
million  of  its  bond   portfolio  was  rated   less  than  investment   grade.
Approximately $292.6 million of bonds are not publicly traded.
    
 
    Risks  associated  with  investments  in  less  than  investment  grade debt
obligations may be significantly higher  than risks associated with  investments
in  debt securities  rated investment  grade. Risk of  loss upon  default by the
borrower is significantly  greater with  respect to such  debt obligations  than
with  other  debt  securities  because these  obligations  may  be  unsecured or
subordinated to other creditors.  Additionally, there is  often a thinly  traded
market  for such  securities and  current market  quotations are  frequently not
available for some of  these securities. Issuers of  less than investment  grade
debt  obligations  usually  have  higher levels  of  indebtedness  and  are more
sensitive to  adverse  economic  conditions, such  as  recession  or  increasing
interest rates, than investment-grade issuers.
 
   
    Protective  also  invests  in  bank  loan  participations.  Generally,  such
investments constitute the most senior debt  incurred by the borrower in  highly
leveraged  transactions.  They  are  generally  unrated  by  the  credit  rating
agencies. Of the $220.8 million of bank loan participations owned by  Protective
at  December 31, 1995, $206.0 million were classified by Protective as less than
investment grade.
    
 
    Protective also invests a significant  portion of its portfolio in  mortgage
loans.  Results  for  these  investments  have  been  excellent  due  to careful
management and  a focus  on  a specialized  segment  of the  market.  Protective
generally  does not lend on speculative properties and has specialized in making
loans on either credit-oriented commercial properties, or credit-anchored  strip
shopping centers.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
    The  following  table  shows  a  breakdown  of  Protective's  mortgage  loan
portfolio by property type:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                MORTGAGE LOANS
PROPERTY TYPE                                                                   ON REAL ESTATE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                            <C>
Retail.......................................................................          80.6%
Warehouses...................................................................           7.3
Office Building..............................................................           6.2
Apartments...................................................................           4.0
Mixed-use....................................................................           1.1
Other........................................................................           0.8
                                                                                      -----
Total........................................................................         100.0%
                                                                                      -----
                                                                                      -----
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Credit-anchored strip shopping center loans are generally on strip  shopping
centers  located in smaller towns and anchored by one or more strong regional or
national retail  stores. The  anchor tenants  enter into  long-term leases  with
Protective's  borrowers. These  centers provide  the basic  necessities of life,
such  as  food,  pharmaceuticals,  and   clothing,  and  have  been   relatively
insensitive  to changes  in economic conditions.  The following are  some of the
largest anchor tenants (measured by Protective's exposure) in the strip shopping
centers at December 31, 1995:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                  MORTGAGE LOANS
ANCHOR TENANTS                                                                    ON REAL ESTATE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>
K-Mart.......................................................................               4%
Food Lion....................................................................               4
Winn Dixie...................................................................               4
Wal-Mart.....................................................................               3
Bi-Lo........................................................................               3
Revco........................................................................               2
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Protective's  mortgage   lending  criteria   generally  require   that   the
loan-to-value  ratio  on  each  mortgage be  at  or  under 75%  at  the  time of
origination, although in certain circumstances Protective will lend on the basis
of an 85%  loan-to-value ratio.  Projected rental payments  from credit  anchors
(i.e.,  excluding rental payments  from smaller local  tenants) generally exceed
70% of the property's projected operating expenses and debt service.
    
 
   
    For several years  Protective has  offered a commercial  loan product  under
which  Protective will permit a slightly  higher loan-to-value ratio in exchange
for a participating interest in the cash flows from the underlying real  estate.
Approximately   $361.2  million   of  Protective's  mortgage   loans  have  this
participation feature.
    
 
   
    The average size  mortgage loan in  Protective's portfolio is  approximately
$1.6 million. The largest single loan amount is $13.1 million.
    
 
    Many  of  Protective's  mortgage  loans have  call  or  interest  rate reset
provisions after  five  to seven  years.  However,  if interest  rates  were  to
significantly  increase, Protective may be unable to increase the interest rates
on its existing  mortgage loans  commensurate with  the significantly  increased
market rates, or call the loans.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
   
    In  order  to provide  additional liquidity,  Protective plans  a commercial
mortgage securitization  during the  first quarter  of 1996.  Proceeds from  the
securitization will be reinvested in publicly-traded investment grade bonds.
    
 
   
    At  December 31, 1995, $26.1 million or  1.4% of the mortgage loan portfolio
was nonperforming. It is Protective's policy to cease accrued interest on  loans
that  are  over 90  days delinquent.  For  loans less  than 90  days delinquent,
interest is accrued  unless it is  determined that the  accrued interest is  not
collectible.  If  a loan  becomes over  90 days  delinquent, it  is Protective's
general policy to initiate foreclosure proceedings unless a workout  arrangement
to bring the loan current is in place.
    
 
   
    As  a general rule, Protective does not  invest directly in real estate. The
investment real  estate  held  by  Protective  consists  largely  of  properties
obtained  through foreclosures or the  acquisition of other insurance companies.
In Protective's experience, the appraised  value of foreclosed properties  often
equals  or  exceeds the  mortgage loan  balance  on the  property plus  costs of
foreclosure. Also, foreclosed  properties often  generate a  positive cash  flow
enabling  Protective to hold and  manage the property until  the property can be
profitably sold.
    
 
   
    Protective  has  established  an  allowance  for  uncollectible  amounts  on
investments. This allowance was $32.7 million at December 31, 1995.
    
 
   
    Combinations  of  futures  contracts  and  options  on  treasury  notes  are
sometimes used as hedges for asset/liability management of certain  investments,
primarily  mortgage loans on real estate,  and liabilities arising from interest
sensitive products such  as GICs  and annuities. Realized  investment gains  and
losses  on such contracts are deferred and amortized over the life of the hedged
asset. Protective  also uses  interest rate  swap contracts  to convert  certain
investments from a variable rate of interest to a fixed rate of interest.
    
 
    For  further discussion regarding Protective's  investments and the maturity
of and the concentration of risk among Protective's invested assets, see Note  C
to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
   
    The following table shows the investment results of Protective for the years
1991 through 1995:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         PERCENTAGE
                                                        CASH, ACCRUED                     EARNED ON
                                                      INVESTMENT INCOME,      NET        AVERAGE OF        REALIZED
                     YEAR ENDED                       AND INVESTMENTS AT  INVESTMENT      CASH AND        INVESTMENT
                    DECEMBER 31                          DECEMBER 31        INCOME       INVESTMENTS    GAINS (LOSSES)
- ----------------------------------------------------  ------------------  -----------  ---------------  --------------
                                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>                 <C>          <C>              <C>
  1991..............................................    $    2,829,353     $ 222,619           8.7%       $    6,298
  1992..............................................         3,650,024       274,991           8.6              (154)
  1993..............................................         4,841,209       354,165           8.4             5,054
  1994..............................................         5,355,988       408,933           8.2             6,298
  1995..............................................         6,087,828       458,433           7.9             1,951
</TABLE>
    
 
    See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of  Operations -- Liquidity  and Capital Resources"  included herein for certain
information relating to Protective's investments and liquidity.
 
G.  INDEMNITY REINSURANCE
 
   
    As is customary  in the  insurance industry, Protective  cedes insurance  to
other  insurance companies.  The ceding  insurance company  remains contingently
liable with respect to  ceded insurance should any  reinsurer be unable to  meet
the  obligations  assumed  by it.  Protective  sets  a limit  on  the  amount of
insurance retained on the life of any one person. For example, in the individual
lines Protective will not retain, generally, more
    
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
   
than $500,000, including accidental death benefits,  on any one life. For  group
insurance, the maximum amount retained on any one life is generally $100,000. At
December  31, 1995, Protective had insurance in  force of $61.9 billion of which
approximately $17.5 billion was ceded to reinsurers.
    
 
H.  RESERVES
 
    The applicable insurance laws under which Protective operates requires  that
each  insurance company  report policy  reserves as  liabilities to  meet future
obligations on the outstanding policies.  These reserves are the amounts  which,
with  the additional  premiums to  be received  and interest  thereon compounded
annually at certain assumed rates, are calculated in accordance with  applicable
law to be sufficient to meet the various policy and contract obligations as they
mature.  These laws specify  that the reserves  shall not be  less than reserves
calculated using certain named mortality tables and interest rates.
 
    The reserves carried  in Protective's  financial reports  (presented on  the
basis  of generally accepted accounting  principles) differ from those specified
by the laws of the  various states and carried  in Protective and its  insurance
subsidiaries'   statutory  financial  statements  (presented  on  the  basis  of
statutory accounting  principles mandated  by state  insurance regulation).  For
policy reserves other than those for universal life policies, annuity contracts,
and GICs, these differences arise from the use of mortality and morbidity tables
and  interest  rate  assumptions  which  are  deemed  under  generally  accepted
accounting principles to  be more appropriate  for financial reporting  purposes
than  those required for statutory accounting purposes; from the introduction of
lapse assumptions into  the reserve  calculation; and from  the use  of the  net
level premium reserve method on all business. Policy reserves for universal life
policies,  annuity  contracts, and  GICs are  carried in  Protective's financial
reports at the account value of the policy or contract.
 
I.  FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
   
    Under  pre-1984  tax  law,  certain  income  of  Protective  was  not  taxed
currently,  but was  accumulated in the  "Policyholders' Surplus  Account" to be
taxed only when such income was distributed to the stockholders or when  certain
limits  on accumulated amounts  were exceeded. Consistent  with current tax law,
amounts accumulated  in the  Policyholders' Surplus  Account have  been  carried
forward,  although no accumulated income  may be added to  these accounts. As of
December 31, 1995, the combined  Policyholders' Surplus Accounts for  Protective
and  its life  insurance subsidiaries and  the estimated tax  which would become
payable on these amounts if distributed  to stockholders were $50.7 million  and
$17.7 million, respectively. Protective does not anticipate exceeding applicable
limits  on amounts accumulated in these accounts and, therefore, does not expect
to involuntarily pay tax on the amounts held therein.
    
 
J.  COMPETITION
 
   
    Protective operates in a highly competitive industry. In connection with the
development  and  sale  of  its  products,  Protective  encounters   significant
competition  from  other  insurance  companies,  many  of  which  have financial
resources or ratings greater than  those of Protective. Certain of  Protective's
products  compete against other investment alternatives, including bonds, stocks
and mutual funds.
    
 
   
    The insurance industry is a mature  industry. In recent years, the  industry
has  experienced virtually no  growth in life insurance  sales, though the aging
population has increased the demand for retirement savings products.  Management
believes  that Protective's  ability to compete  is dependent  upon, among other
things, its  ability  to attract  and  retain  agents to  market  its  insurance
products,  its ability to  develop competitive and  profitable products, and its
maintenance of a high rating from rating agencies.
    
 
   
    Bank products  provide competitive  alternatives  to Protective's  GICs  and
annuities.  Banks may also compete by selling annuity products provided by other
insurance companies. Also, in the future banks and other financial  institutions
may  be granted  approval to  underwrite and  sell annuities  or other insurance
    
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
   
products that compete directly with Protective. Likewise, nontraditional sources
of health care coverages, such as health maintenance organizations and preferred
provider  organizations,  are  developing  rapidly  in  Protective's   operating
territory  and  provide competitive  alternatives  to Protective's  group health
products.
    
 
K.  REGULATION
 
   
    Protective is subject  to government  regulation in  each of  the states  in
which  it conducts business. Such regulation  is vested in state agencies having
broad administrative power dealing with  all aspects of the insurance  business,
including  premium rates,  policy forms and  capital adequacy,  and is concerned
primarily  with  the  protection  of  policyholders  rather  than  stockholders.
Protective's  management  does  not  believe  that  the  regulatory  initiatives
currently  under  consideration  would  have   a  material  adverse  impact   on
Protective;  however, Protective cannot predict the form of any future proposals
or regulation.
    
 
   
    The design  and  administration  of  Protective's  insurance  products,  the
conduct  of Protective's agents, and the  content of advertising and other sales
materials are  also  regulated  by these  agencies.  Recently,  some  regulatory
agencies  have  enhanced  their enforcement  efforts  resulting  in disciplinary
actions being taken against insurers, including the assessment of fines.
    
 
   
    A life insurance company's statutory capital is computed according to  rules
prescribed by the NAIC as modified by the insurance company's state of domicile.
Statutory  accounting  rules are  different  from generally  accepted accounting
principles and are  intended to  reflect a  more conservative  view. The  NAIC's
risk-based  capital requirements  require insurance  companies to  calculate and
report information under a risk-based capital formula. These risk-based  capital
requirements are intended to allow insurance regulators to identify inadequately
capitalized  insurance  companies based  upon the  types  and mixtures  of risks
inherent in the insurer's operations. The formula includes components for  asset
risk,  liability risk, interest rate exposure, and other factors. Based upon the
December  31,  1995  statutory  financial  reports,  management  believes   that
Protective  and its insurance subsidiaries  are adequately capitalized under the
formula.
    
 
   
    Protective is required to file detailed annual reports with the  supervisory
agencies in each of the jurisdictions in which it does business and its business
and  accounts is subject to examination by  such agencies at any time. Under the
rules of  the NAIC,  insurance companies  are examined  periodically  (generally
every  three to five years) by one or more of the supervisory agencies on behalf
of the states in which they do  business. To date, no such insurance  department
examinations have produced any significant adverse findings regarding Protective
or any of its insurance subsidiaries.
    
 
   
    Under insurance guaranty fund laws in most states, insurance companies doing
business  in a participating state  can be assessed up  to prescribed limits for
policyholder  losses  incurred  by  insolvent  or  failed  insurance  companies.
Protective  was assessed  immaterial amounts  in 1995,  which will  be partially
offset by credits against future state premium taxes. Although Protective cannot
predict the amount of any future assessments; most insurance guaranty fund  laws
currently  provide that  an assessment  may be excused  or deferred  if it would
threaten an insurer's financial strength.
    
 
   
    In addition,  many  states,  including  the state  in  which  Protective  is
domiciled,  have enacted legislation or  adopted regulations regarding insurance
holding company  systems.  These  laws  require  registration  of  and  periodic
reporting by insurance companies domiciled within the jurisdiction which control
or  are  controlled by  other corporations  or  persons so  as to  constitute an
insurance holding  company system.  These laws  also affect  the acquisition  of
control  of  insurance  companies  as  well  as  transactions  between insurance
companies and  companies controlling  them.  Most states,  including  Tennessee,
where   Protective  is   domiciled,  require  administrative   approval  of  the
acquisition of control  of an insurance  company domiciled in  the state or  the
acquisition   of  control  of  an  insurance  holding  company  whose  insurance
subsidiary is incorporated in the
    
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
   
state. In Tennessee, the acquisition of 10% of the voting securities of a person
is generally deemed  to be the  acquisition of  control for the  purpose of  the
insurance  holding company statute and requires  not only the filing of detailed
information concerning the acquiring  parties and the  plan of acquisition,  but
also administrative approval prior to the acquisition.
    
 
   
    Protective is subject to various state statutory and regulatory restrictions
on  its ability to pay  dividends to PLC. In  general, dividends up to specified
levels are considered ordinary and may be paid thirty days after written  notice
to  the insurance commissioner of the state of domicile unless such commissioner
objects to the  dividend prior to  the expiration of  such period. Dividends  in
larger amounts are considered extraordinary and are subject to affirmative prior
approval by such commissioner. The maximum amount that would qualify as ordinary
dividends  to PLC  by Protective  in 1996  is estimated  to be  $129 million. No
assurance can be given that more stringent restrictions will not be adopted from
time to time by states in  which Protective and its subsidiaries are  domiciled,
which  restrictions  could  have  the effect,  under  certain  circumstances, of
significantly reducing dividends or other  amounts payable to PLC by  Protective
without affirmative prior approval by state regulatory authorities.
    
 
    Protective  acts  as  a  fiduciary  and  is  subject  to  regulation  by the
Department of Labor ("DOL") when providing a variety of products and services to
employee benefit plans governed by  the Employee Retirement Income Security  Act
of  1974 ("ERISA"). Severe  penalties are imposed by  ERISA on fiduciaries which
violate ERISA's prohibited transaction provisions  by breaching their duties  to
ERISA  covered plans. In  a case decided  by the United  States Supreme Court in
December, 1993 (JOHN HANCOCK MUTUAL LIFE  INSURANCE COMPANY V. HARRIS TRUST  AND
SAVINGS  BANK) the  Court concluded  that an  insurance company  general account
contract that had  been issued  to a  pension plan  should be  divided into  its
guaranteed  and  nonguaranteed  components  and  that  certain  ERISA  fiduciary
obligations applied  with respect  to the  assets underlying  the  nonguaranteed
components.  Although Protective has  not issued contracts  identical to the one
involved in HARRIS TRUST, some of  its policies relating to ERISA-covered  plans
may  be  deemed  to  have nonguaranteed  components  subject  to  the principles
announced by the Court.
 
    The full extent  to which  HARRIS TRUST  makes the  fiduciary standards  and
prohibited  transaction  provisions  of  ERISA  applicable  to  all  or  part of
insurance company general account assets, however, cannot be determined at  this
time. The Supreme Court's opinion did not resolve whether the assets at issue in
the  case may  be subject to  ERISA for some  purposes and not  others. The life
insurance industry  is currently  discussing  with the  DOL the  possibility  of
exemptions from the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA in view of HARRIS
TRUST.  In  August of  1994,  the DOL  published a  notice  of a  proposed class
exemption which, if  adopted in  final form,  would exempt  from the  prohibited
transaction  rules, prospectively and retroactively  to January 1, 1995, certain
transactions engaged in by insurance company general accounts in which  employee
benefit  plans have an interest. The proposed exemption would not cover all such
transactions, and the insurance industry is seeking further relief. Until  these
and  other matters are clarified, Protective  is unable to determine whether the
decision will result in any liability and, if so, its nature and scope.
 
   
    Existing federal laws  and regulations affect  the taxation of  Protective's
products.  Congress has from time to time considered proposals that, if enacted,
would have had an adverse impact on the federal income tax treatment of  certain
individual  annuity and life insurance policies  offered by Protective. If these
proposals were  to  be adopted,  they  would  adversely affect  the  ability  of
Protective  to sell such products and could  result in the surrender of existing
contracts  and  policies.  Although  it  cannot  be  predicted  whether   future
legislation  will contain provisions that alter the treatment of these products,
such provisions  are not  part of  any tax  legislation currently  under  active
consideration in Congress.
    
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
   
    The  Federal  Government has  from  time to  time  advocated changes  to the
current health care delivery  system which will  address both affordability  and
availability  issues. The ultimate  scope and effective date  of any health care
reform proposals are unknown at this time and are likely to be modified as  they
are considered for enactment by Congress. It is anticipated that these proposals
may  adversely affect  certain products  in Protective's  group health insurance
business. In  addition  to the  federal  initiatives,  a number  of  states  are
considering  legislative programs that are  intended to affect the accessibility
and affordability of health care. Some states have recently enacted health  care
reform  legislation. These various  state programs (which  could be preempted by
any federal  program)  may  also  adversely  affect  Protective's  group  health
insurance  business.  However,  in light  of  the small  relative  proportion of
Protective's earnings attributable  to group health  insurance, management  does
not  expect that  either the  federal or  state proposals  will have  a material
adverse effect on Protective's earnings.
    
 
   
    The Federal  Government has  advocated the  repeal the  Glass-Steagall  Act,
which  would  allow  banks to  diversify  into securities  and  other businesses
including insurance. The ultimate scope and effective date of any proposals  are
unknown  at this time and  are likely to be modified  as they are considered for
enactment by  Congress. It  is  anticipated that  these proposals  may  increase
competition and, therefore, may adversely affect Protective.
    
 
    Additional  issues  related to  regulation  of Protective  are  discussed in
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" included herein.
 
L.  EMPLOYEES
 
   
    Protective  had 892 full-time employees, including 763 in the Home Office in
Birmingham, Alabama  at  December  31,  1995. These  employees  are  covered  by
contributory  major  medical  insurance, group  life,  and  long-term disability
insurance plans. The cost  of these benefits in  1995 amounted to  approximately
$2.2 million for Protective. In addition, substantially all of the employees are
covered by a pension plan. Protective also matches employee contributions to its
401(k) Plan. See Note L to Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
 
M.  PROPERTIES
 
    Protective's  administrative office building is  located at 2801 Highway 280
South,  Birmingham,  Alabama.  This  building  includes  the  original   142,000
square-foot building which was completed in 1976 and a second contiguous 220,000
square-foot  building  which  was completed  in  1985. In  addition,  parking is
provided for approximately 1,000 vehicles.
 
    Protective leases administrative space in 4 cities, substantially all  under
leases  for  periods of  three  to five  years.  The aggregate  monthly  rent is
approximately $61 thousand.
 
   
    Marketing offices are leased  in 10 cities,  substantially all under  leases
for periods of three to five years with only two leases running longer than five
years. The aggregate monthly rent is approximately $23 thousand.
    
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
                        DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The executive officers and directors of Protective are as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>   <C>
Drayton Nabers, Jr.   55    President and a Director
R. Stephen Briggs     46    Executive Vice President and a Director
John D. Johns         43    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
                             and a Director
Ormond L. Bentley     60    Senior Vice President, Group and a Director
Deborah J. Long       42    Senior Vice President and General Counsel and a
                             Director
Jim E. Massengale     53    Senior Vice President and a Director
Steven A. Schultz     42    Senior Vice President, Financial Institutions and a
                             Director
Wayne E. Stuenkel     42    Senior Vice President and Chief Actuary and a
                             Director
A. S. Williams III    59    Senior Vice President, Investments and Treasurer and
                             a Director
Judy Wilson           37    Senior Vice President, Guaranteed Investment
                             Contracts
Carolyn King          46    Senior Vice President, Investment Products
Jerry W. DeFoor       43    Vice President and Controller, and Chief Accounting
                             Officer
</TABLE>
    
 
    All  executive  officers  and  directors  are  elected  annually.  Executive
officers serve  at the  pleasure of  the Board  of Directors  and directors  are
elected  by PLC at the annual meeting of shareholders of Protective. None of the
individuals listed above is related to any  director of PLC or Protective or  to
any executive officer.
 
   
    Mr.  Nabers has  been Chairman of  the Board, President  and Chief Executive
Officer and a Director of PLC since May 1994. From May 1992 to May 1994, he  has
been President and Chief Executive Officer and a Director of PLC. Mr. Nabers had
been President of Protective and PLC since August 1982, and had been Senior Vice
President  of each  from September  1981 to August  1982. From  February 1980 to
September 1981, he served  as Senior Vice  President, Operations of  Protective.
From 1979 to February 1980, he was Senior Vice President, Operations and General
Counsel  of Protective.  He is a  director of Energen  Corporation, and National
Bank of Commerce of Birmingham, and Alabama National Bancorporation.
    
 
    Mr. Briggs has  been Executive Vice  President of PLC  and Protective  since
October  1993. From January 1993  to October 1993 he  was Senior Vice President,
Life Insurance and  Investment Products of  Protective and PLC.  Mr. Briggs  had
been  Senior Vice President, Ordinary Marketing of  PLC since August 1988 and of
Protective since April 1986. From July 1983  to April 1986, he was President  of
First Protective Insurance Group, Inc.
 
   
    Mr.  Johns has been Executive Vice  President and Chief Financial Officer of
PLC and Protective  since October  1993. From August  1988 to  October 1993,  he
served  as Vice President and General Counsel of Sonat, Inc. He is a director of
National Bank of  Commerce of Birmingham,  Alabama National Bancorporation,  and
Parisian Services, Inc.
    
 
   
    Mr.  Bentley  has  been Senior  Vice  President, Group  of  Protective since
December 1978. He has also served as  Senior Vice President, Group of PLC  since
August 1988. Mr. Bentley has been employed by Protective since October 1965.
    
 
   
    Ms. King has been Senior Vice President, Investment Products Division of PLC
and  of Protective since April 1995. From  August 1994 to March 1995, she served
as Senior Vice President and Chief Investment
    
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
   
Officer of Provident Life and Accident Insurance Company of America. She  served
as President of Provident National Assurance Company from November 1987 to March
1995.  From  November 1986  to  August 1994,  she  served as  Vice  President of
Provident Life  and  Accident  Insurance  Company and  of  its  parent  company,
Provident  Life and Accident Insurance Company  of America. Since 1975, Ms. King
served in a number of capacities with Provident National Assurance Company.
    
 
   
    Ms. Long  has been  Senior Vice  President and  General Counsel  of PLC  and
Protective  since  February 1994.  From August  1993 to  January 1994,  Ms. Long
served as General  Counsel of PLC  and from  February 1984 to  January 1994  she
practiced law with the law firm of Maynard, Cooper & Gale, P.C.
    
 
   
    Mr.  Massengale has been  Senior Vice President of  Protective and PLC since
May 1992. From May 1989  to May 1992 Mr.  Massengale was Senior Vice  President,
Operations  and Systems of Protective and PLC. From January 1983 to May 1989, he
was Senior Vice President, Corporate Systems of Protective and PLC.
    
 
    Mr. Schultz  has  been  Senior Vice  President,  Financial  Institutions  of
Protective  and  PLC since  March 1993.  Mr. Schultz  served as  Vice President,
Financial Institutions of Protective from February 1989 to March 1993 and of PLC
from February 1993 to March  1993. From June 1977  through January 1989, he  was
employed  by and served in a number of capacities with The Minnesota Mutual Life
Insurance Company, finally serving as Director, Group Sales.
 
   
    Mr. Stuenkel has been Senior Vice President and Chief Actuary of  Protective
and  PLC since March  1987. From June 1986  to March 1987.  From January 1982 to
June 1986, he served as Vice  President and Ordinary Actuary of Protective.  Mr.
Stuenkel  is  a Fellow  in the  Society of  Actuaries and  has been  employed by
Protective since September 1978.
    
 
    Mr. Williams has been  Senior Vice President,  Investments and Treasurer  of
PLC  since  July  1981.  Mr.  Williams also  serves  as  Senior  Vice President,
Investments and  Treasurer of  Protective.  Mr. Williams  has been  employed  by
Protective since November 1964.
 
   
    Ms.  Wilson has been Senior  Vice President, Guaranteed Investment Contracts
since January 1995.  From July 1991  to December  31, 1994, she  served as  Vice
President,  Guaranteed Investment Contracts. From October 1989 to July 1991, Ms.
Wilson was employed by an affiliated insurer.
    
 
    Mr. DeFoor  has been  Vice President  and Controller,  and Chief  Accounting
Officer of Protective and PLC since April 1989. Mr. DeFoor is a certified public
accountant and has been employed by Protective since August 1982.
 
                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
   
    Executive  officers of  Protective also  serve as  executive officers and/or
directors of one or  more affiliate companies  of PLC. Compensation  allocations
are  made as to each individual's time devoted to duties as an executive officer
of  Protective  and  its  affiliates.  The  following  table  shows  the   total
compensation paid to the named executive officers of Protective by Protective or
any  of its affiliates including PLC. Of the amounts of total compensation shown
in the Summary Compensation Table  and other executive compensation  information
below,  approximately 100% of Mr. Nabers', Mr. Williams', Mr. Bentley's, and Mr.
Briggs' total  compensation,  and  50%  of  Mr.  Johns'  total  compensation  is
attributable  to services performed for or on behalf of Protective. Directors of
Protective who are also employees receive  no compensation in addition to  their
compensation as employees of Protective.
    
 
    PLC  has established a  Deferred Compensation Plan for  Officers of PLC (the
"Officers' Plan") whereby eligible officers may voluntarily elect to defer to  a
specified   date   receipt   of   all   or   any   portion   of   their   Annual
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
Incentive Plan and Performance Share Plan  bonuses. The bonuses so deferred  are
credited  to the  officers in  cash or  PLC stock  equivalents or  a combination
thereof. The  cash  portion earns  interest  at approximately  PLC's  short-term
borrowing  rate. The stock equivalent portion  is credited with dividends in the
form of additional stock  equivalents. Deferred bonuses  will be distributed  in
stock or cash as specified by the officers in accordance with the Officers' Plan
unless  distribution is accelerated  under certain provisions,  including upon a
change in control of PLC.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                                   LONG-TERM
                                                             ANNUAL COMPENSATION                  COMPENSATION
                                                 --------------------------------------------   ----------------
 
                                                                                    OTHER          LONG-TERM             ALL
                                                                                    ANNUAL       INCENTIVE PLAN         OTHER
       NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION         YEAR  SALARY(1)(2)   BONUS(1)(2)(3)   COMPENSATION   PAYOUTS(1)(3)(4)   COMPENSATION(5)
                   (A)                     (B)       (C)             (D)             (E)              (H)                (I)
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>   <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>                <C>
 
 DRAYTON NABERS, JR.                       1995    $499,163        $459,000         $3,970        $738,439(6)           $4,500
  Chairman of the Board, President         1994     438,550         400,500          1,188         605,979               4,500
  and Chief Executive Officer              1993     398,583         365,700          2,238         520,122               6,746
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 JOHN D. JOHNS                             1995     282,500         190,000            -0-         141,328(6)            4,500
  Executive Vice President and Chief       1994     268,333         189,000            -0-          84,457               4,500
  Financial Officer since October 1993     1993      60,001          75,020            -0-             -0-                 -0-
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 R. STEPHEN BRIGGS                         1995     282,500         190,000          1,056         279,123(6)            4,500
  Executive Vice President                 1994     268,333         153,900          3,168         236,479               4,500
                                           1993     222,392         149,100          4,218         204,345               6,746
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 A. S. WILLIAMS III                        1995     263,333         159,000          2,970         317,988(6)            4,500
  Senior Vice President, Investments       1994     252,500         153,000          2,970         255,482               4,500
  and Treasurer                            1993     227,008         137,800          4,020         217,077               6,746
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 JIM E. MASSENGALE                         1995     203,333         123,000            753         268,523(6)            4,500
  Senior Vice President                    1994     193,550         117,000            728         235,020               4,500
                                           1993     184,417          97,800          1,249         158,966               5,991
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
Footnotes:
   
(1) Includes  amounts that  the  named executive  officer may  have  voluntarily
    elected to contribute to PLC's 401(k) and Stock Ownership Plan.
    
 
   
(2)  Includes  amounts that  the named  executive  officer may  have voluntarily
    deferred under PLC's Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers.
    
 
   
(3) For further information, see the "Long-Term Incentive Plan -- Awards In Last
    Fiscal Year" table.
    
 
   
(4) Matching contributions to PLC's 401(k) and Stock Ownership Plan.
    
 
   
(5) 1995 long-term compensation is not yet determinable. The amount shown is the
    best estimate available as of the date hereof.
    
 
   
    The above table sets forth certain  information for the year ended  December
31,  1995  relating to  the Chief  Executive  Officer and  the four  most highly
compensated executive officers of PLC.
    
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
                             PERFORMANCE SHARE PLAN
             LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN -- AWARDS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                 ESTIMATED FUTURE PAYOUTS UNDER
                                                                            NON-STOCK PRICE-BASED PLANS (IN SHARES)
                                                                           ------------------------------------------
 
                               NUMBER OF           PERFORMANCE OR
                                SHARES,             OTHER PERIOD
                                UNITS OR                UNTIL
                              OTHER RIGHTS          MATURATION OR
          NAME                    (#)                  PAYOUT              THRESHOLD          TARGET         MAXIMUM
           (A)                    (B)                    (C)                  (D)              (E)             (F)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>                 <C>                      <C>               <C>             <C>
                                  14,280
    Drayton Nabers, Jr.           shares          December 31, 1998           7,140            14,280        24,276
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    John D. Johns             5,640 shares        December 31, 1998           2,820             5,640        9,588
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    R. Stephen Briggs         5,640 shares        December 31, 1998           2,820             5,640        9,588
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    A. S. Williams III        4,400 shares        December 31, 1998           2,200             4,400        7,480
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Jim E. Massengale         3,360 shares        December 31, 1998           1,680             3,360        5,712
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    In 1995, the Compensation and Management Succession Committee of PLC's Board
of Directors  awarded  performance shares,  as  indicated, to  the  above  named
executives,  which  are  not  payable,  if at  all,  until  the  results  of the
comparison group of companies for the four-year period ending December 31,  1998
are known.
    
 
   
    With  respect to 1995 awards, awarded  to the named executive officers, 125%
of the  award is  earned  if PLC's  average return  on  average equity  for  the
four-year  period ranks at the top 25% of  the comparison group. If PLC ranks at
the top 10% of the comparison group, 170%  of the award is earned. If PLC  ranks
at  the median of the comparison group, 50%  of the award is earned and if PLC's
results are below the median of the comparison group, no portion of the award is
earned. The Performance Share Plan provides for interpolation between thresholds
to determine the exact percentage to be paid.
    
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
                                  PENSION PLAN
                               PENSION PLAN TABLE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
REMUNERATION                               YEARS OF SERVICE
- ----------       --------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                    15             20             25             30             35
<S>              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
$ 125,000        $27,932        $37,242        $46,553        $56,864        $65,174
  150,000         33,932         45,242         56,553         67,864         79,174
  175,000*        39,932         53,242         66,553         79,864         93,174
  200,000*        45,932         61,242         76,553         91,864        107,174
  225,000*        51,932         69,242         86,553        103,864        121,174*
  250,000*        57,932         77,242         96,553        115,864        135,174*
  275,000*        63,932         85,242        106,553        127,864*       149,174*
  300,000*        69,932         93,242        116,553        139,864*       163,174*
  400,000*        93,932        125,242*       156,553*       187,864*       219,174*
  500,000*       117,932        157,242*       196,553*       235,864*       275,174*
  600,000*       141,932*       189,242*       236,553*       283,864*       331,174*
  700,000*       165,932*       221,242*       276,553*       331,864*       387,174*
  800,000*       189,932*       253,242*       316,553*       379,864*       443,174*
  900,000*       213,932*       285,242*       356,553*       427,864*       499,174*
1,000,000*       237,932*       317,242*       396,553*       475,864*       555,174*
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
*Current pension  law  limits  the  maximum annual  benefit  payable  at  normal
 retirement age under a defined benefit plan to $120,000 for 1996 and is subject
 to increase in later years. In addition, in 1996, such a plan may not take into
 account  annual compensation in  excess of $150,000,  which amount is similarly
 subject to increase in later years. PLC's Excess Benefit Plan ("Excess  Benefit
 Plan"),  adopted effective  September 1, 1984,  and amended and  restated as of
 January 1,  1989,  provides  for  payment, outside  of  the  PLC  Pension  Plan
 ("Pension  Plan"), of  the difference  between (1)  the fully  accrued benefits
 which would  be  due  under the  Pension  Plan  absent both  of  the  aforesaid
 limitations  and (2) the amount  actually payable under the  Pension Plan as so
 limited.
    
 
    The above table illustrates estimated  gross annual benefits which would  be
payable  for life in a straight life annuity commencing at normal retirement age
under the Pension Plan  and the Excess Benefit  Plan for employees with  average
compensation (remuneration under the table above) and years of service. Benefits
in the above table are not reduced by social security or other offset amounts.
 
    Compensation  covered by the Pension Plan (for purposes of pension benefits)
excludes commissions and performance share  awards and generally corresponds  to
that  shown under the heading "Annual  Compensation" in the Summary Compensation
Table. Compensation is calculated based on  the average of the highest level  of
compensation  paid during  a period of  36 consecutive whole  months. Only three
Annual Incentive  Plan  bonuses  (whether  paid or  deferred  under  a  Deferred
Compensation  Plan maintained by  PLC) may be included  in obtaining the average
compensation.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
   
    The named executives and  their estimated length of  service as of  December
31, 1995 are provided in the following table.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   ------------------------------------------------
 
         NAME                  YEARS OF SERVICE
- -----------------------  -----------------------------
<S>                      <C>
    Drayton Nabers, Jr.                   17
    John D. Johns                          2
    R. Stephen Briggs                     24
    A. S. Williams III                    31
    Jim E. Massengale                     12
- ------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                       SEVERANCE COMPENSATION AGREEMENTS
 
    PLC  has entered into  Severance Compensation Agreements  with all executive
officers and  several  other  officers. These  agreements  provide  for  certain
payments  upon termination of employment or  reduction in duties or compensation
following certain events constituting a "change in control". The agreements  may
be  terminated or  modified by  the Board of  Directors at  any time  prior to a
change in control. The benefits granted  upon termination of employment are  (i)
continuation  (for  up  to  twenty-four  months)  in  PLC's  hospital,  medical,
accident, disability,  and life  insurance plans  as provided  to the  executive
immediately  prior to the date of his  termination of employment and (ii) a plan
distribution. The distribution shall consist of  (1) the payment in full of  all
pending  performance share awards  as if fully  earned, using the  higher of the
market price or  price of PLC's  Common Stock in  the transaction effecting  the
change  in control, and (2)  delivery of an annuity  to equal increased benefits
under the Pension Plan and the Excess Benefit Plan resulting from an  additional
three  years  of credited  service  (subject to  the  Pension Plan's  maximum on
crediting service).
 
    The maximum benefits  are limited to  two times the  sum of the  executive's
most recent annualized base salary plus the last earned bonus under PLC's Annual
Incentive  Plan  (not  to exceed  certain  tax law  limitations).  The Severance
Compensation Agreements  also provide  that if  the Performance  Share Plan  has
terminated  before the time of payment of benefits, the amount of benefits under
the Severance Compensation  Agreements would be  reduced by any  payment to  the
executive due to the termination of the Performance Share Plan.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    The  members of the Compensation and  Management Succession Committee of PLC
("Committee") are  Messrs.  McMahon  (Chairman),  Woods,  Dahlberg,  Kuehn,  and
Sklenar.  Messrs.  McMahon, Woods,  Dahlberg, Kuehn,  and Sklenar  are executive
officers of McWane,  Inc., AmSouth Bancorporation,  The Southern Company,  Sonat
Inc., and Vulcan Materials Company, respectively.
 
   
    No  member of the Committee was an officer  or employee of PLC or any of its
subsidiaries at  any time  during 1995.  Also, no  member of  the Committee  was
formerly an officer of PLC or any of its subsidiaries.
    
 
   
    During  1995, McWane, Inc. and National Bank of Commerce of Birmingham, with
which Committee  member  Mr. McMahon  was  affiliated, paid  Protective  or  its
affiliates  premiums, fees, or investment product  deposits for various types of
insurance in the amounts of $264,747 and $89,825, respectively. Likewise,  Sonat
Inc., with which Committee member Mr. Kuehn was affiliated, and Vulcan Materials
Company, with which Committee member Mr. Sklenar was affiliated, paid Protective
premiums, fees, or investment product deposits for various types of insurance in
the amounts of $360,000 and $4,396,374, respectively.
    
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
   
    Mr.  Rushton, PLC's Chairman Emeritus (formerly, its Chairman of the Board),
served as a director  of AmSouth Bancorporation through  April 1995. Mr.  Woods,
the Chairman of the Board of AmSouth Bancorporation, serves as a member of PLC's
Committee.  AmSouth  Bancorporation  and  subsidiaries  maintain  a  group  life
insurance program with Protective (which through reinsurance is shared with  two
other  companies). In  1995, Protective  and PLC  paid $1,490,270  in credit and
mortgage insurance and annuity commissions and $3,771,425 in interest,  mortgage
loan  service  fees, and  other charges  to  AmSouth Bank  of Alabama  and other
subsidiaries of  AmSouth  Bancorporation.  Additionally,  during  1995,  AmSouth
Bancorporation  and certain of its  subsidiaries paid Protective premiums, fees,
or investment product deposits for various  types of insurance in the amount  of
$5,004,741.
    
 
   
    Mr.  Rushton serves as a director of The Southern Company. Mr. Dahlberg, the
Chairman of the  Board, President and  Chief Executive Officer  of The  Southern
Company,  serves on PLC's Committee, and  Mr. Addison, formerly, Chairman of the
Board and Chief Executive Officer of The Southern Company and a director of  PLC
through  December 1995, served  on the Committee through  May 1994. During 1995,
affiliates of The Southern Company paid Protective premiums, fees, or investment
product deposits for various types of  insurance in the amount of $180,722.  The
Company  is a 25% member of a limited liability company which acquired an office
building adjacent to the Company's home office from an affiliate of The Southern
Company which continues  to lease  portions of  the building.  During 1995,  the
limited  liability company received $1,631,268 in lease payments from affiliates
of The Southern Company.
    
 
MANAGEMENT OWNERSHIP OF PLC STOCK
 
   
    No director  or named  executive officer  of Protective  owns any  stock  of
Protective  or of any affiliated corporation except for the shares of PLC common
stock which are shown as owned as of March 1996:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                AMOUNT AND NATURE
                                           OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP (1)
                                        ---------------------------------     PERCENT OF
     NAME AND BENEFICIAL OWNER          SOLE POWER      SHARED POWER (2)      CLASS (1)
- ------------------------------------    -----------     -----------------     ----------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>                   <C>
William J. Rushton III                  654,547(3)             11,094(4)            2.3%
Drayton Nabers, Jr.                     100,614(5)             10,554             *
R. Stephen Briggs                        55,632(6)           -0-                  *
John D. Johns                             9,090(7)          2,100                 *
Ormond L. Bentley                        37,963(8)           -0-                  *
Deborah J. Long                           2,911(9)           -0-                  *
Jim E. Massengale                        52,191(10)          350                  *
Wayne E. Stuenkel                        22,576(11)          -0-                  *
A. S. Williams III                       43,789(12)          -0-                  *
Steven A. Schultz                        10,294(13)          -0-                  *
Judy Wilson                               4,294(14)          -0-                  *
Carolyn King                                207(15)          -0-
All directors and executive officers
 as a group (12 persons)                994,108(16)            24,098(2)            3.2%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 * less than one percent
 
   
 (1)  The  number  of  shares  reflected  are  shares  which  under   applicable
    regulations  of  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  are deemed  to be
    beneficially owned.  Shares  deemed to  be  beneficially owned,  under  such
    regulations, include shares as to which, directly or indirectly, through any
    contract,  relationship, understanding or otherwise,  either voting power or
    investment power is held or shared. The total
    
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
    number of shares  beneficially owned is  subdivided, where applicable,  into
    two  categories: shares as  to which voting/investment  power is held solely
    and shares as to which  voting/investment power is shared. Unless  otherwise
    indicated  in the following notes, if a  beneficial owner has sole power, he
    has sole voting and investment power,  and if a beneficial owner has  shared
    power, he has shared voting and investment power. The percentage calculation
    is based on the aggregate number of shares beneficially owned.
 
 (2)  This  column  may include  shares  held in  the  name of  a  spouse, minor
    children, or certain other relatives sharing  the same home as the  director
    or  officer,  or held  by  the director  or officer,  or  the spouse  of the
    director or officer, as a trustee or as a custodian for children, as to  all
    of  which beneficial ownership is disclaimed by the respective directors and
    officers except as otherwise noted below.
 
   
 (3) Includes 30,953 shares  held in PLC's 401(k)  and Stock Ownership Plan  for
    which Mr. Rushton has sole voting power.
    
 
 (4) Shares owned by the wife of Mr. Rushton.
 
   
 (5)  Includes 5,833 shares  held in PLC's  401(k) and Stock  Ownership Plan for
    which Mr.  Nabers  has  sole  voting  power.  Also,  includes  50,059  share
    equivalents  allocated to Mr. Nabers' deferred compensation account pursuant
    to the  terms  of  PLC's  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  Officers.  Upon
    distribution,  share equivalents will be distributed in shares of PLC Common
    Stock. Such shares will be issued directly to Mr. Nabers who will have  sole
    voting power over the shares at that time.
    
 
   
 (6)  Includes 12,249 shares held  in PLC's 401(k) and  Stock Ownership Plan for
    which Mr.  Briggs  has  sole  voting  power.  Also,  includes  19,770  share
    equivalents  allocated to Mr. Briggs' deferred compensation account pursuant
    to the  terms  of  PLC's  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  Officers.  Upon
    distribution,  share equivalents will be distributed in shares of PLC Common
    Stock. Such shares will be issued directly to Mr. Briggs who will have  sole
    voting power over the shares at that time.
    
 
   
 (7) Includes 781 shares held in PLC's 401(k) and Stock Ownership Plan for which
    Mr.  John's has  sole voting power.  Also, includes  6,109 share equivalents
    allocated to Mr. Johns' deferred compensation account pursuant to the  terms
    of  PLC's Deferred Compensation Plan  for Officers. Upon distribution, share
    equivalents will be distributed in shares  of PLC Common Stock. Such  shares
    will  be issued directly to  Mr. Johns who will  have sole voting power over
    the shares at that time.
    
 
   
 (8) Includes 3,052  shares held in  PLC's 401(k) and  Stock Ownership Plan  for
    which  Mr.  Bentley  has  sole voting  power.  Also,  includes  18,941 share
    equivalents  allocated  to  Mr.  Bentley's  deferred  compensation   account
    pursuant to the terms of PLC's Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers. Upon
    distribution,  share equivalents will be distributed in shares of PLC Common
    Stock. Such shares will be issued directly to Mr. Bentley who will have sole
    voting power over the shares at that time.
    
 
   
 (9) Includes 361 shares held in PLC's 401(k) and Stock Ownership Plan for which
    Ms. Long has sole voting power.
    
 
   
(10) Includes 14,381 shares  held in PLC's 401(k)  and Stock Ownership Plan  for
    which  Mr.  Massengale  has sole  voting  power. Also  includes  8,880 share
    equivalents allocated  to  Mr. Massengale's  deferred  compensation  account
    pursuant to the terms of PLC's Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers. Upon
    distribution,  share equivalents will be distributed in shares of PLC Common
    Stock. Such shares will be issued  directly to Mr. Massengale who will  have
    sole voting power over the shares at that time.
    
 
   
(11)  Includes 2,873 shares  held in PLC's  401(k) and Stock  Ownership Plan for
    which Mr.  Stuenkel  has  sole  voting power.  Also  includes  14,935  share
    equivalents  allocated  to  Mr.  Stuenkel's  deferred  compensation  account
    pursuant to the terms of PLC's Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers. Upon
    distribution, share equivalents will be distributed in shares of PLC  Common
    Stock.  Such shares will  be issued directly  to Mr. Stuenkel  who will have
    sole voting power over the shares at that time.
    
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
   
(12) Includes 11,930 shares  held in PLC's 401(k)  and Stock Ownership Plan  for
    which  Mr.  Williams  has sole  voting  power. Also,  includes  21,119 share
    equivalents  allocated  to  Mr.  Williams'  deferred  compensation   account
    pursuant to the terms of PLC's Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers. Upon
    distribution,  share equivalents will be distributed in shares of PLC Common
    Stock. Such shares  will be issued  directly to Mr.  Williams who will  have
    sole voting power over the shares at that time.
    
 
   
(13)  Includes 2,464 shares  held in PLC's  401(k) and Stock  Ownership Plan for
    which  Mr.  Schultz  has  sole  voting  power.  Also  includes  6,656  share
    equivalents   allocated  to  Mr.  Schultz's  deferred  compensation  account
    pursuant to the terms of PLC's Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers. Upon
    distribution, share equivalents will be distributed in shares of PLC  Common
    Stock. Such shares will be issued directly to Mr. Schultz who will have sole
    voting power over the shares at that time.
    
 
   
(14)  Includes 2,294 shares  held in PLC's  401(k) and Stock  Ownership Plan for
    which Ms. Wilson has sole voting power.
    
 
   
(15) Includes 207 shares held in PLC's 401(k) and Stock Ownership Plan for which
    Ms. King has sole voting power.
    
 
   
(16) Included are the interests of the persons as of December 31, 1995 in 91,261
    shares held in PLC's 401(k) and Stock Ownership Plan, which owned a total of
    1,285,774 shares  on  such  date.  Each  401(k)  and  Stock  Ownership  Plan
    participant  has sole voting  power with respect  to the shares  held in the
    participant's accounts.  The  743,462  shares held  in  PLC's  401(k)  Stock
    Ownership  Plan Trust which have not  been allocated to participants will be
    voted  by  the  Trustees  in  accordance  with  the  majority  vote  of  all
    participants.  Also,  includes 157,761  share  equivalents allocated  to the
    deferred compensation  accounts  of participating  directors  and  executive
    officers as a group pursuant to the Company's Deferred Compensation Plan for
    Directors  Who Are Not  Employees of the Company  and the Company's Deferred
    Compensation Plan for Officers.
    
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
   
    Director Woods is Chairman  of the Board of  AmSouth Bancorporation, a  bank
holding  company which  owns all  of the  stock of  AmSouth Bank  of Alabama. In
addition to Mr. Woods, one of the directors  of PLC, is also a director of  such
bank  and  two  are directors  of  AmSouth Bancorporation.  Through  April 1995,
Director Rushton was also a director of AmSouth Bancorporation and AmSouth  Bank
of  Alabama.  AmSouth  Bancorporation  and subsidiaries  maintain  a  group life
insurance program with Protective (which through reinsurance is shared with  two
other  companies). In  1995, Protective  and PLC  paid $1,490,270  in credit and
mortgage insurance and annuity commissions and $3,771,425 in interest,  mortgage
loan  service  fees, and  other charges  to  AmSouth Bank  of Alabama  and other
subsidiaries of AmSouth Bancorporation.
    
 
   
    In 1995,  PLC  received  $20,206  from the  National  Bank  of  Commerce  of
Birmingham  ("NBC"), in connection  with the provision of  a partial guaranty of
mortgage loan participations previously sold to NBC, which has two directors  in
common with PLC.
    
 
   
    PLC  is a 25% member of a limited liability company which acquired an office
building adjacent to  the PLC's home  office from an  affiliate of The  Southern
Company  which continues  to lease  portions of  the building.  During 1995, the
limited liability company received $1,631,268 in lease payments from  affiliates
of  The Southern Company. The Southern Company  has two directors in common with
the PLC. Financing for the purchase of  the office building was provided to  the
limited  liability company by SunTrust Bank, Atlanta, which has two directors in
common with the  PLC. In 1995,  the limited liability  company paid $429,618  in
interest  and PLC paid $14,354 in  credit and mortgage insurance commissions and
mortgage loan service fees to SunTrust Bank, Atlanta.
    
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
   
    In 1995, PLC paid $4,648 in fees to Equifax, Inc., which has one director in
common with PLC.
    
 
   
    During 1995, the  following corporations  with which  one or  more of  PLC's
directors  were affiliated paid Protective premiums, fees, or investment product
deposits for various types of insurance as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                      <C>
Alabama Power Company..................................................  $  714,563
AmSouth Bancorporation and subsidiaries................................   5,004,741
Coca-Cola Bottling Company United, Inc.................................     108,856
McWane, Inc. and affiliates............................................     264,747
National Bank of Commerce of Birmingham................................      89,825
Pattillo Construction Company, Inc.....................................      16,420
Sonat Inc. and subsidiaries............................................     360,000
Southern Research Institute............................................      61,336
SunTrust Banks, Inc. and affiliates....................................  10,023,355
Vulcan Materials Company...............................................   4,396,374
</TABLE>
    
 
                               LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    There are no material pending legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine
litigation incidental to  the business of  PLC and Protective,  to which PLC  or
Protective  or any  of its subsidiaries  is a  party or of  which any  of PLC or
Protective's properties  is the  subject. For  additional information  regarding
legal  proceedings see Note G to  the Consolidated Financial Statements included
herein.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
   
    The consolidated balance  sheets of  Protective Life  Insurance Company  and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 and the consolidated statements of
income,  stockholder's equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1995 and the related financial statement schedules, in
this Prospectus, have  been included  herein in  reliance on  the report,  which
includes  an  explanatory paragraph  with respect  to  changes in  the Company's
method of accounting for  certain investments in debt  and equity securities  in
1993,  of Coopers  & Lybrand  L.L.P., independent  certified public accountants,
given on the authority of that firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
    
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    Sutherland, Asbill  & Brennan  of Washington,  D.C. has  provided advice  on
certain matters relating to federal securities laws.
 
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
 
    A  Registration Statement  has been filed  with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission under  the Securities  Act of  1933 as  amended with  respect to  the
Contracts.  This Prospectus  does not contain  all information set  forth in the
Registration Statement, its amendments and  exhibits, to all of which  reference
is  made  for  further  information  concerning  Protective  and  the Contracts.
Statements contained in this Prospectus as  to the content of the Contracts  and
other  legal instruments  are summaries. For  a complete statement  of the terms
thereof, reference  is made  to the  instruments as  filed in  the  Registration
Statement.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX A
                            MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
 
   
    The  Market  Value  Adjustment  is  equal  to  the  Market  Value Adjustment
Percentage indicated  below, applied  to  the amount  of  each full  or  partial
surrender  requested.  We  will  consider  surrendered  amounts  to  be interest
withdrawals first to the extent interest credited during the prior Contract Year
has not yet been withdrawn from the Contract at the time of the full or  partial
surrender. (See "Market Value Adjustment").
    
 
   
     MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT PERCENTAGE = (C - I + 0.25%) X (N/12), WHERE:
    
 
   
    C  =  the Treasury  Rate  currently established  for  the same  term  as the
    Guaranteed Period from which the surrender is being made;
    
 
   
    I = the Treasury Rate initially  established for the Guaranteed Period  from
    which the surrender is being made;
    
 
   
    N  = The number of months remaining  in the Guaranteed Period from which the
    surrender is being made.
    
 
   
    The Treasury Rate is the annual  effective interest rate credited to  United
States  Treasury instruments, as published by a nationally recognized source. On
the fifteenth day and the  last day of each month,  the Company will identify  a
Treasury  Rate for  each Guaranteed  Period. The method  used by  the Company to
determine the Treasury  Rates under  this Contract  shall be  consistent and  is
binding upon any Participant, Annuitant and Beneficiary.
    
 
   
    A  Surrender Charge will apply during the  first seven years of each Initial
and each  Subsequent Guaranteed  Period.  The Surrender  Charge  is equal  to  a
specified Surrender Charge Percentage (maximum 6%) applied to the amount of each
full or partial surrender requested less any amount available under the Interest
Withdrawals. (See "Surrender Charge").
    
 
   
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT AND SURRENDER CHARGE EXAMPLES
  FULL SURRENDER AFTER COMPLETION OF YEAR 3
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GUARANTEED PERIOD (YEARS):                                      3             5             7           TOTAL
- ---------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Initially --
Annuity Deposit:                                             $10,000.00    $10,000.00    $10,000.00    $30,000.00
Guaranteed Interest Rate:                                         5.00%         5.50%         6.00%
Initial Treasury Rate:                                            4.00%         4.50%         5.00%
Year 1 --
Beginning of Year Account Value:                             $10,000.00    $10,000.00    $10,000.00    $30,000.00
  X (1 + Guaranteed Interest Rate):                               1.050         1.055         1.060
  = End of Year Account Value:                               $10,500.00    $10,550.00    $10,600.00    $31,650.00
  - Beginning of Year Account Value:                         $10,000.00    $10,000.00    $10,000.00    $30,000.00
  = Interest Earned during Year:                                $500.00       $550.00       $600.00     $1,650.00
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      A-1
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GUARANTEED PERIOD (YEARS):                                      3             5             7           TOTAL
- ---------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Year 2 --
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Beginning of Year Account Value:                             $10,500.00    $10,550.00    $10,600.00    $31,650.00
  X (1 + Guaranteed Interest Rate):                               1.050         1.055         1.060
  = End of Year Account Value:                               $11,025.00    $11,130.25    $11,236.00    $33,391.25
  - Beginning of Year Account Value:                         $10,500.00    $10,550.00    $10,600.00    $31,650.00
  = Interest Earned during Year:                                $525.00       $580.25       $636.00     $1,741.25
Year 3 --
Beginning of Year Account Value:                             $11,025.00    $11,130.25    $11,236.00    $33,391.25
  X (1 + Guaranteed Interest Rate):                               1.050         1.055         1.060
  = End of Year Account Value:                               $11,576.25    $11,742.41    $11,910.16    $35,228.82
- - Beginning of Year Account Value:                           $11,025.00    $11,130.25    $11,236.00    $33,391.25
  = Interest Earned during Year:                                $551.25       $612.16       $674.16     $1,837.57
After Completion of Year 3 --
Account Value:                                               $11,576.25    $11,742.41    $11,910.16    $35,228.82
  - Prior Year's Interest:                                      $551.25       $612.16       $674.16     $1,837.57
  =Amount Subject to Surrender Charge and Market Value
   Adjustment:                                               $11,025.00    $11,130.25    $11,236.00    $33,391.25
Surrender Charge Percentage:                                      0.00%         4.00%         4.00%
  X Subjected Amount:                                        $11,025.00    $11,130.25    $11,236.00    $33,391.25
  = Surrender Charge:                                             $0.00       $445.21       $449.44       $894.65
Number of Months Remaining in the Guaranteed Period:                  0            24            48
 
EXAMPLE #1 -- INCREASING TREASURY RATE ENVIRONMENT
Current Treasury Rate:                                            4.75%         5.25%         5.75%
  - Initial Treasury Rate:                                        4.00%         4.50%         5.00%
  + 0.25%:                                                        0.25%         0.25%         0.25%
  X Number Months Remaining / 12:                                  0.00          2.00          4.00
  = Market Value Adjustment Percentage:                           0.00%         2.00%         4.00%
  X Subjected Amount:                                        $11,025.00    $11,130.25    $11,236.00    $33,391.25
  = Market Value Adjustment:                                      $0.00       $222.60       $449.44       $672.04
Account Value:                                               $11,576.25    $11,742.41    $11,910.16    $35,228.82
  - Surrender Charge:                                             $0.00       $445.21       $449.44       $894.65
  - Market Value Adjustment:                                      $0.00       $222.60       $449.44       $672.04
  = Net Account Value:                                       $11,576.25    $11,074.60    $11,011.28    $33,662.13
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      A-2
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GUARANTEED PERIOD (YEARS):                                      3             5             7           TOTAL
- ---------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
EXAMPLE #2 -- DECREASING TREASURY RATE ENVIRONMENT
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Current Treasury Rate:                                            3.25%         3.75%         4.25%
  - Initial Treasury Rate:                                        4.00%         4.50%         5.00%
  + 0.25%:                                                        0.25%         0.25%         0.25%
  X Number Months Remaining / 12:                                  0.00          2.00          4.00
  = Market Value Adjustment Percentage:                           0.00%        -1.00%        -2.00%
  X Subjected Amount:                                        $11,025.00    $11,130.25    $11,236.00    $33,391.25
  = Market Value Adjustment:                                      $0.00      ($111.30)     ($224.72)     ($336.02)
Account Value:                                               $11,576.25    $11,742.41    $11,910.16    $35,228.82
  - Surrender Charge:                                             $0.00       $445.21       $449.44       $894.65
  - Market Value Adjustment:                                      $0.00      ($111.30)     ($224.72)     ($336.02)
  = Net Account Value:                                       $11,576.25    $11,408.51    $11,685.44    $34,670.20
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      A-3
<PAGE>
   
                                   APPENDIX B
                         MATTERS RELATING TO CONTRACTS
               OFFERED IN CERTAIN STATES AFTER SEPTEMBER 10, 1991
                            AND PRIOR TO MAY 1, 1996
    
 
   
    THE  FOLLOWING SECTIONS DESCRIBE CONTRACTS  OFFERED AFTER SEPTEMBER 10, 1991
TO MARCH 1,  1996. THE TERMS  DEFINED BELOW, AND  THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTIONS  OF
CERTAIN PROVISIONS SHOULD BE SUBSTITUTED IN THEIR ENTIRETY FOR THE RELATED TERMS
AND  DESCRIPTIONS FOUND ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. THE PAGE REFERENCES LISTED
BELOW INDICATE WHERE IN  THE PROSPECTUS THE  SUBSTITUTED TERMS AND  DESCRIPTIONS
CAN BE FOUND. REFER TO YOUR CONTRACT FOR COMPLETE DETAILS OF THESE PROVISIONS.
    
 
   
A.  CAPSULE SUMMARY OF THE CONTRACT
    
 
   
    The  paragraphs  in  the  Capsule Summary  describing  the  guaranteed Death
Benefit, Market Value Adjustment, and Surrender Charge should be revised to read
as follows:
    
 
   
        A Surrender Charge will apply during  the first seven years of  each
    Initial  and  each Subsequent  Guaranteed  Period. For  each  Initial or
    Subsequent Guaranteed Period with durations  longer than seven years,  a
    Surrender  Charge  will only  apply during  the  first seven  years. The
    Surrender Charge  is equal  to  six months  of  interest on  the  amount
    withdrawn  from the Sub-Account Value. The Surrender Charge for all full
    and partial surrenders made during  an Initial or Subsequent  Guaranteed
    Period  shall  not exceed,  in  the aggregate,  a  total of  six months'
    interest on the amount  of the Annuity  Deposit or Sub-Account  Value(s)
    originally  allocated in  the case of  an Initial  Guaranteed Period, or
    transferred, in the case  of a Subsequent  Guaranteed Period from  which
    the full or partial surrender is made.
    
 
   
        A  Market Value  Adjustment is  applied when  you request  a full or
    partial  surrender  from  a  Sub-Account   prior  to  the  end  of   the
    Sub-Account's  Guaranteed Period.  The Market  Value Adjustment reflects
    the relationship between (i) the  current Guaranteed Interest Rate  that
    we  are crediting for a Guaranteed Period equal to the time remaining in
    the Guaranteed  Period  at  the  time you  request  a  full  or  partial
    surrender,  and (ii) the then  applicable Guaranteed Interest Rate being
    applied to  the Sub-Account  from which  you select  to make  a full  or
    partial surrender.
    
 
   
        This  Contract  provides  for  a guaranteed  Death  Benefit.  If any
    Participant dies  before the  Annuity Commencement  Date the  guaranteed
    Death  Benefit will be payable to  the surviving Participant, if any. If
    there is no surviving Participant, the Death Benefit will be paid to the
    Beneficiary named by the Participant.
    
 
   
        The guaranteed Death Benefit will equal the Account Value.
    
 
   
        If applicable,  the  guaranteed  Death Benefit  for  all  Guaranteed
    Periods will be totalled to obtain the guaranteed Death Benefit payable.
    
 
   
        The  Beneficiary will have sixty (60) days from the date of death to
    exercise their right to the guaranteed  Death Benefit. If this right  is
    not  exercised within the 60-day period, any payments will be treated as
    a surrender request, and will be  subject to the surrender charge and  a
    market value adjustment.
    
 
   
                                      B-1
    
<PAGE>
   
B.  GLOSSARY OF SPECIAL TERMS (PAGE 1)
    
 
   
    ANNUITY  DEPOSIT(S) -- The Annuity Deposit(s) made will be allocated to each
Guaranteed Period(s) selected under each Contract. Each Annuity Deposit must  be
at  least $5,000 unless approved by the Company. Additional Annuity Deposits can
be made  except in  the  states of  California,  Minnesota, South  Carolina  and
Michigan.
    
 
   
    ANNUITANT  -- Annuity payments may depend  upon the continuation of the life
of a person. That person  is called an Annuitant and  is named in the  Contract.
The  Annuitant may  be changed prior  to the Annuity  Commencement Date provided
such change is made in writing on a form acceptable to us.
    
 
   
    BENEFICIARY -- PRIMARY  -- The  person named  to receive  the Death  Benefit
under  the  Contract upon  the  death of  any  Participant. You  may  change the
Beneficiary at any time  by sending a request  in Writing to the  Administrative
Office.  Upon the death  of any Participant, the  surviving Participant, if any,
will be the Beneficiary.
    
 
        CONTINGENT  -- The  person named  to receive  the Death  Benefit if  the
   Primary Beneficiary is not living at any Participant's death.
 
   
        IRREVOCABLE -- One whose  consent is necessary to change the Beneficiary
   or exercise certain other rights.
    
 
   
    SUB-ACCOUNT VALUES -- The amount equal to that part of each Annuity  Deposit
allocated  by a Participant to a Sub-Account(s),  or any amount transferred to a
Sub-Account(s) at  the end  of a  Guaranteed Period  increased by  all  interest
credited  and decreased  by amounts due  to previous full  or partial surrenders
(including Surrender  Charges,  Market  Value  Adjustments,  and  Premium  Taxes
thereon) and previous interest withdrawals.
    
 
   
    SURRENDER  CHARGE -- A Surrender Charge, if applicable, is deducted from any
Sub-Account Value from which a  full or partial surrender  is made prior to  the
end of an Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed Period. The Surrender Charge is equal
to  six months of interest on the amount withdrawn from a Sub-Account Value. The
Surrender Charge for  all full  and partial  surrenders made  during an  Initial
Guaranteed  Period shall not  exceed, in the  aggregate, a total  of six months'
interest on  the amount  of  the Annuity  Deposit  originally allocated  to  the
Sub-Account(s)  from which the full or  partial surrender is made. The Surrender
Charge for all full and partial  surrenders made during a Subsequent  Guaranteed
Period  shall not exceed, in  the aggregate, a total  of six months' interest on
the amount of the  Sub-Account Value(s) originally  transferred to a  Subsequent
Guaranteed Period from which the full or partial surrender is made.
    
 
   
C.  SURRENDER CHARGES (PAGE 7)
    
 
   
    A  Surrender Charge,  if applicable,  will be applied  to a  full or partial
surrender from a Sub-Account requested prior to the end of a Guaranteed  Period.
The  Surrender  Charge  is  equal  to  six  months  of  interest  on  the amount
surrendered from a Sub-Account.  The Surrender Charge for  all full and  partial
surrenders  made during  an Initial Guaranteed  Period shall not  exceed, in the
aggregate, a  total  of  six months'  interest  on  the amount  of  the  Annuity
Deposit(s)  originally  allocated  to the  Sub-Account  from which  the  full or
partial surrender  is  made. The  Surrender  Charge  for all  full  and  partial
surrenders  made during a Subsequent Guaranteed  Period shall not exceed, in the
aggregate, a total  of six  months' interest on  the amount  of the  Sub-Account
Value  originally transferred to  a Subsequent Guaranteed  Period from which the
full or  partial  surrender is  made.  Interest will  be  computed at  the  same
interest  rate we  are crediting  the Sub-Account  from which  the withdrawal is
made. The Surrender Charge will be deducted from the remaining Sub-Account Value
from which the full or partial surrender is made. A Surrender Charge will  apply
during  the first seven years of all  Initial Guaranteed Periods, and during the
first seven years of  all Subsequent Guaranteed Periods.  There is no  Surrender
Charge  after the  first seven  years of  each Initial  or Subsequent Guaranteed
    
 
   
                                      B-2
    
<PAGE>
   
Periods with a duration greater than  seven years. In addition, for purposes  of
determining   amounts  subject  to  the   Surrender  Charge,  we  will  consider
surrendered amounts first  to be  interest withdrawals, to  the extent  interest
credited  to your Sub-Accounts during  the prior Contract Year  has not yet been
withdrawn. No Surrender Charge (or Market Value Adjustment) is imposed on  these
interest withdrawal amounts.
    
 
   
    Surrender  Charges and  Market Value Adjustments  will not apply  to full or
partial surrenders made from Sub-Accounts at the end of an Initial or Subsequent
Guaranteed Period. The Surrender Value will equal the Sub-Account Value on  this
date.  A  request  for  a surrender  at  the  end of  an  Initial  or Subsequent
Guaranteed Period must  be received in  a form acceptable  to Protective  within
twenty days prior to the end of such Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed Period.
    
 
   
    If the date we receive your request for a full or partial surrender is prior
to  the end of an  Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed  Period, the Surrender Value
will be calculated as of the Surrender Date by the Company as follows:
    
 
   
                             [(A X B) - SC] where:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>    <C>    <S>
  A      =    the Sub-Account Value of the Sub-Account from which a full or
              partial surrender is requested
  B      =    the Market Value Adjustment described above
 SC      =    the Surrender Charge plus any unpaid Premium Taxes, if applicable
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Protective will, upon the date of receipt of your request, inform you of the
amounts available for full or partial surrenders.
    
 
   
    Any full or partial surrender may be subject to Federal and state income tax
and, in some cases, Premium Tax.
    
 
   
    Because the Initial and Subsequent Guaranteed Periods may not extend  beyond
the  Annuity Commencement  Date then  in effect,  no Surrender  Charge or Market
Value Adjustment will be deducted upon the application of your Net Account Value
to purchase an Annuity on the Annuity Commencement Date.
    
 
   
D.  MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (PAGE 8)
    
 
   
    The amount payable on a full or  partial surrender made prior to the end  of
any  Guaranteed Period  may be  adjusted up  or down  by the  application of the
Market Value Adjustment formula.  Such a Market Value  Adjustment is applied  to
the  Sub-Account Value, before it has been  reduced by any Surrender Charge. For
purposes of determining amounts subject to the Market Value Adjustment, we  will
consider  surrendered amounts  first to be  interest withdrawals,  to the extent
interest credited to your  Sub-Accounts during the prior  Contract Year has  not
yet  been withdrawn. No Market Value Adjustment (or Surrender Charge) is imposed
on these interest withdrawal amounts.
    
 
   
    The formula which will be used to determine the Market Value Adjustment is:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<C> <C>  <S> <C>
    (1+G)    N/12
    ----
    (1+C)
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    g = The Guaranteed Interest Rate in effect for the current Guaranteed Period
(expressed as a decimal, e.g., 1% = .01).
    
 
   
    c = The current Guaranteed Interest Rate that the Company is offering for  a
Guaranteed  Period  of  a  duration  measured  in  months  as  represented  by N
(expressed as a decimal, e.g., 1% = .01).
    
 
   
                                      B-3
    
<PAGE>
   
    N = The number of months from the  Surrender Date to the end of the  current
Guaranteed Period.
    
 
   
    In  the case of either  a full or partial  surrender from a Sub-Account, the
Market Value Adjustment will  reflect the relationship  between (i) the  current
Guaranteed  Interest Rate that the Company  is crediting for a Guaranteed Period
equal to the time remaining in  the Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period at the  time
you request the surrender, and (ii) the then applicable Guaranteed Interest Rate
being applied to the Sub-Account from which you select to make a full or partial
surrender.
    
 
   
    Generally,  if your  Guaranteed Interest Rate  is lower  than the applicable
current Guaranteed Interest Rate being  credited by Protective for a  Guaranteed
Period  equal to the time remaining in the Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period, then
the application of the Market Value  Adjustment may result in a Surrender  Value
that  is  less  than the  portion  of  your Annuity  Deposit(s)  allocated  to a
Sub-Account plus  interest  credited  thereon.  Similarly,  if  your  Guaranteed
Interest  Rate is higher  than the applicable  current Guaranteed Interest Rate,
the application of the Market Value  Adjustment may result in a Surrender  Value
that  is greater  than the  portion of  your Annuity  Deposit(s) allocated  to a
Sub-Account plus interest credited thereon.
    
 
   
    Since  current  Guaranteed  Interest  Rates  are  based  in  part  upon  the
investment  yields then available to Protective,  the effect of the Market Value
Adjustment will  be  related to  the  levels of  such  yields. It  is  possible,
therefore,  that, should such  yields increase from the  time you purchased your
Contract,  the  effect  of  the  Market  Value  Adjustment,  coupled  with   the
application  of the Surrender  Charge and/or Premium Taxes,  could result in the
amount you receive upon a full surrender  of your Contract being LESS than  your
Annuity Deposit(s).
    
 
   
E.  DEATH BENEFIT (PAGE 9)
    
 
   
    If  any Participant dies before the  Annuity Commencement Date, a guaranteed
Death Benefit will be payable. With  regard to joint Participants, at the  first
death  of  a  joint Participant  prior  to  the Annuity  Commencement  Date, the
Beneficiary will be the surviving Participant, if any. If there is no  surviving
Participant,  the Death  Benefit will  be paid to  the Beneficiary  named by the
Participant. If  no Beneficiary  designation is  in  effect or  if there  is  no
designated  Beneficiary living, the Death Benefit will  be paid to the estate of
the deceased Participant.
    
 
   
    If any  Participant  is  not an  individual,  the  death or  change  of  the
Annuitant will be treated as the death of a Participant.
    
 
   
    The  guaranteed  Death Benefit  during an  Initial or  Subsequent Guaranteed
Period will equal the Account Value. The guaranteed Death Benefit is  calculated
as  of the date  of death. If  applicable, the guaranteed  Death Benefit for all
Guaranteed Periods  will be  totalled  to obtain  the guaranteed  Death  Benefit
payable.
    
 
   
F.  WAIVER OF SURRENDER CHARGES
    
 
   
    The Company will waive any applicable Surrender Charges in the event you, at
any  time after Contract Year 1, (1) enter  for a period of at least ninety (90)
days a  facility which  is licensed  by the  State and  qualifies as  a  skilled
nursing home facility under Medicare or Medicaid; or (2) you are first diagnosed
as  having a terminal illness by  a physician that is not  related to you or the
Annuitant. The term "terminal illness" is defined in the Contract. Written proof
of a terminal illness satisfactory  to Protective must be submitted.  Protective
reserves  the right to  require an examination  by a physician  of its choice to
verify the  terminal illness.  A  Market Value  Adjustment  will be  imposed  if
applicable.  The Waiver of  Surrender Charges provision is  not available in all
states due to applicable insurance laws.
    
 
   
                                      B-4
    
<PAGE>
   
G.  ANNUITY BENEFITS (PAGE 10)
    
 
   
    OPTION 4 -- The total amount applied  may be used to purchase an annuity  of
any kind issued by us on the date this option is elected.
    
 
   
    The  dollar amount of  monthly payments under  each available Annuity Option
for each $1,000  applied is  calculated in  accordance with  annuity tables  set
forth  in the Contract.  These tables are  based on the  1983 Individual Annuity
Mortality Table A projected 4 years with interest at 4% per annum.
    
 
   
H.  FEDERAL TAX MATTERS (PAGE 14)
    
 
   
    In order to  be treated  as an annuity  contract for  federal tax  purposes,
section 72(s) of the Code requires that contracts that are held by persons other
than  individuals  (other  than contracts  that  are issued  in  connection with
certain Qualified Plans)  contain certain provisions  relating to  distributions
upon  the  death  of  an  annuitant.  Certain  Contracts  do  not  contain these
provisions. The income under such Contracts  is taxable as it accrues. We  issue
Forms 1099 in respect of such Contracts.
    
 
   
                                      B-5
    
<PAGE>
   
                                   APPENDIX C
                         MATTERS RELATING TO CONTRACTS
                           OFFERED IN CERTAIN STATES
                          PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 10, 1991
    
 
   
    THE  FOLLOWING SECTIONS DESCRIBE CONTRACTS WITH  A CERTIFICATE DATE PRIOR TO
SEPTEMBER 10, 1991,  AND CERTAIN CONTRACTS  WITH A CERTIFICATE  DATE AFTER  THAT
DATE. THESE CONTRACTS CONTAIN PROVISIONS THAT DIFFER FROM THOSE DESCRIBED IN THE
PROSPECTUS.  IN PARTICULAR, SURRENDER CHARGE, DEATH BENEFIT, AND CERTAIN ANNUITY
BENEFIT PROVISIONS MAY BE DIFFERENT. REFER TO YOUR CONTRACT FOR COMPLETE DETAILS
OF THESE PROVISIONS. THE TERMS DEFINED BELOW, AND THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTIONS  OF
CERTAIN PROVISIONS SHOULD BE SUBSTITUTED IN THEIR ENTIRETY FOR THE RELATED TERMS
AND  DESCRIPTIONS FOUND ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. THE PAGE REFERENCES LISTED
BELOW INDICATE WHERE IN  THE PROSPECTUS THE  SUBSTITUTED TERMS AND  DESCRIPTIONS
CAN BE FOUND.
    
 
   
A.  CAPSULE SUMMARY OF THE CONTRACT
    
 
   
    The  paragraphs  in  the  Capsule Summary  describing  the  guaranteed Death
Benefit, Market Value Adjustment, and Surrender Charge provided in the  Contract
should be revised to read as follows:
    
 
   
        A  Market Value  Adjustment is  applied when  you request  a full or
    partial  surrender  from  a  Sub-Account   prior  to  the  end  of   the
    Sub-Account's  Guaranteed Period.  The Market  Value Adjustment reflects
    the relationship between (i) the  current Guaranteed Interest Rate  that
    we  are crediting for a Guaranteed Period equal to the time remaining in
    the Guaranteed  Period  at  the  time you  request  a  full  or  partial
    surrender,  and (ii) the then  applicable Guaranteed Interest Rate being
    applied to  the Sub-Account  from which  you select  to make  a full  or
    partial  surrender. Since our current guaranteed rates are based in part
    upon the investment yields  available to Protective,  the effect of  the
    Market Value Adjustment will be related to the levels of such yields.
    
 
   
        This  Contract  provides  for  a guaranteed  Death  Benefit.  If the
    Annuitant or Participant dies before the Annuity Commencement Date,  the
    guaranteed   Death  Benefit  will  be  payable  to  the  Beneficiary  as
    determined under the  provisions of the  Contract. The guaranteed  Death
    Benefit is calculated as of the date of death.
    
 
   
        The guaranteed Death Benefit will equal the Account Value.
    
 
   
        If  applicable,  the  guaranteed Death  Benefit  for  all Guaranteed
    Periods will be totalled to obtain the guaranteed Death Benefit payable.
    With regard  to  joint Participants,  at  the  first death  of  a  joint
    Participant prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the Beneficiary will
    be  the surviving Participant. If the named Beneficiary is the spouse of
    the Participant and if the Annuitant is living, the spouse may elect, in
    lieu  of  receiving  the  guaranteed   Death  Benefit,  to  become   the
    Participant and continue the Contract.
    
 
   
B.  GLOSSARY OF SPECIAL TERMS (PAGE 1)
    
 
   
    ANNUITANT  -- Annuity payments may depend  upon the continuation of the life
of a person. That person  is called an Annuitant and  is named in the  Contract.
The Annuitant cannot be changed.
    
 
   
                                      C-1
    
<PAGE>
   
    ANNUITY  DEPOSIT(S) -- The Annuity Deposit(s) made will be allocated to each
Guaranteed Period(s) selected under each Contract. Each Annuity Deposit must  be
at least $5,000 unless approved by the Company.
    
 
   
    BENEFICIARY  -- PRIMARY  -- The  person named  to receive  the Death Benefit
under the Contract upon the death of either the Annuitant or the Participant, as
applicable.
    
 
   
        CONTINGENT  -- The  person named  to receive  the Death  Benefit if  the
   Primary Beneficiary is not living when the Annuitant or Participant dies.
    
 
   
        IRREVOCABLE -- One whose  consent is necessary to change the Beneficiary
   or exercise certain other rights.
    
 
   
    SUB-ACCOUNT VALUES -- The amount equal to that part of each Annuity  Deposit
allocated  by a Participant to a Sub-Account(s),  or any amount transferred to a
Sub-Account(s) at  the end  of a  Guaranteed Period  increased by  all  interest
credited  and decreased  by amounts due  to previous full  or partial surrenders
(including Surrender  Charges,  Market  Value  Adjustments,  and  Premium  Taxes
thereon) and previous interest withdrawals.
    
 
   
    SURRENDER  CHARGE -- A Surrender Charge, if applicable, is deducted from any
Sub-Account Value from which a  full or partial surrender  is made prior to  the
end of an Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed Period. The Surrender Charge is equal
to  six months of interest on the amount withdrawn from a Sub-Account Value. The
Surrender Charge for  all full  and partial  surrenders made  during an  Initial
Guaranteed  Period shall not  exceed, in the  aggregate, a total  of six months'
interest on  the amount  of  the Annuity  Deposit  originally allocated  to  the
Sub-Account(s)  from which the full or  partial surrender is made. The Surrender
Charge for all full and partial  surrenders made during a Subsequent  Guaranteed
Period  shall not exceed, in  the aggregate, a total  of six months' interest on
the amount of the  Sub-Account Value(s) originally  transferred to a  Subsequent
Guaranteed Period from which the full or partial surrender is made.
    
 
   
C.  SURRENDER CHARGES (PAGE 7)
    
 
   
    A  Surrender Charge,  if applicable,  will be applied  to a  full or partial
surrender from a Sub-Account requested prior to the end of a Guaranteed  Period.
The  Surrender  Charge  is  equal  to  six  months  of  interest  on  the amount
surrendered from a Sub-Account.  The Surrender Charge for  all full and  partial
surrenders  made during  an Initial Guaranteed  Period shall not  exceed, in the
aggregate, a  total  of  six months'  interest  on  the amount  of  the  Annuity
Deposit(s)  originally  allocated  to the  Sub-Account  from which  the  full or
partial surrender  is  made. The  Surrender  Charge  for all  full  and  partial
surrenders  made during a Subsequent Guaranteed  Period shall not exceed, in the
aggregate, a total  of six  months' interest on  the amount  of the  Sub-Account
Value  originally transferred to  a Subsequent Guaranteed  Period from which the
full or  partial  surrender is  made.  Interest will  be  computed at  the  same
interest  rate we  are crediting  the Sub-Account  from which  the withdrawal is
made. The Surrender Charge will be deducted from the remaining Sub-Account Value
from which the full or partial surrender is made. A Surrender Charge will  apply
during  the first seven years of all  Initial Guaranteed Periods, and during the
first seven years of  all Subsequent Guaranteed Periods.  There is no  Surrender
Charge  after the  first seven  years of  each Initial  or Subsequent Guaranteed
Periods with a duration greater than  seven years. In addition, for purposes  of
determining   amounts  subject  to  the   Surrender  Charge,  we  will  consider
surrendered amounts first  to be  interest withdrawals, to  the extent  interest
credited  to your Sub-Accounts during  the prior Contract Year  has not yet been
withdrawn. No Surrender Charge (or Market Value Adjustment) is imposed on  these
interest withdrawal amounts.
    
 
   
    Surrender  Charges and  Market Value Adjustments  will not apply  to full or
partial surrenders made from Sub-Accounts at the end of an Initial or Subsequent
Guaranteed Period. The Surrender Value will
    
 
   
                                      C-2
    
<PAGE>
   
equal the Sub-Account Value on this date.  A request for a surrender at the  end
of  an  Initial or  Subsequent  Guaranteed Period  must  be received  in  a form
acceptable to Protective within twenty days prior to the end of such Initial  or
Subsequent Guaranteed Period.
    
 
   
    If the date we receive your request for a full or partial surrender is prior
to  the end of an  Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed  Period, the Surrender Value
will be calculated as of the Surrender Date by the Company as follows:
    
 
   
                             [(A X B) - SC] where:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>    <C>    <S>
  A      =    the Sub-Account Value of the Sub-Account from which a full or
              partial surrender is requested
  B      =    the Market Value Adjustment described above
 SC      =    the Surrender Charge plus any unpaid Premium Taxes, if applicable
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Protective will, upon the date of receipt of your request, inform you of the
amounts available for full or partial surrenders.
    
 
   
    Any full or partial surrender may be subject to Federal and state income tax
and, in some cases, Premium Tax.
    
 
   
    Because the Initial and Subsequent Guaranteed Periods may not extend  beyond
the  Annuity Commencement  Date then  in effect,  no Surrender  Charge or Market
Value Adjustment will be deducted upon the application of your Net Account Value
to purchase an Annuity on the Annuity Commencement Date.
    
 
   
D.  MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (PAGE 8)
    
 
   
    The amount payable on a full or  partial surrender made prior to the end  of
any  Guaranteed Period  may be  adjusted up  or down  by the  application of the
Market Value Adjustment formula.  Such a Market Value  Adjustment is applied  to
the  Sub-Account Value, before it has been  reduced by any Surrender Charge. For
purposes of determining amounts subject to the Market Value Adjustment, we  will
consider  surrendered amounts  first to be  interest withdrawals,  to the extent
interest credited to your  Sub-Accounts during the prior  Contract Year has  not
yet  been withdrawn. No Market Value Adjustment (or Surrender Charge) is imposed
on these interest withdrawal amounts.
    
 
   
    The formula which will be used to determine the Market Value Adjustment is:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<C> <C>  <S> <C>
    (1+G)    N/12
    ----
    (1+C)
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    g = The Guaranteed Interest Rate in effect for the current Guaranteed Period
(expressed as a decimal, e.g., 1% = .01).
    
 
   
    c = The current Guaranteed Interest Rate that the Company is offering for  a
Guaranteed  Period  of  a  duration  measured  in  months  as  represented  by N
(expressed as a decimal, e.g., 1% = .01).
    
 
   
    N = The number of months from the  Surrender Date to the end of the  current
Guaranteed Period.
    
 
   
    In  the case of either  a full or partial  surrender from a Sub-Account, the
Market Value Adjustment will  reflect the relationship  between (i) the  current
Guaranteed  Interest Rate that the Company  is crediting for a Guaranteed Period
equal to the time remaining in  the Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period at the  time
you request the surrender, and (ii) the then applicable Guaranteed Interest Rate
being applied to the Sub-Account from which you select to make a full or partial
surrender.
    
 
   
                                      C-3
    
<PAGE>
   
    Generally,  if your  Guaranteed Interest Rate  is lower  than the applicable
current Guaranteed Interest Rate being  credited by Protective for a  Guaranteed
Period  equal to the time remaining in the Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period, then
the application of the Market Value  Adjustment may result in a Surrender  Value
that  is  less  than the  portion  of  your Annuity  Deposit(s)  allocated  to a
Sub-Account plus  interest  credited  thereon.  Similarly,  if  your  Guaranteed
Interest  Rate is higher  than the applicable  current Guaranteed Interest Rate,
the application of the Market Value  Adjustment may result in a Surrender  Value
that  is greater  than the  portion of  your Annuity  Deposit(s) allocated  to a
Sub-Account plus interest credited thereon.
    
 
   
    Since  current  Guaranteed  Interest  Rates  are  based  in  part  upon  the
investment  yields then available to Protective,  the effect of the Market Value
Adjustment will  be  related to  the  levels of  such  yields. It  is  possible,
therefore,  that, should such  yields increase from the  time you purchased your
Contract,  the  effect  of  the  Market  Value  Adjustment,  coupled  with   the
application  of the Surrender  Charge and/or Premium Taxes,  could result in the
amount you receive upon a full surrender  of your Contract being LESS than  your
Annuity Deposit(s).
    
 
   
E.  DEATH BENEFIT (PAGE 9)
    
 
   
    If  an Annuitant or Participant dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, a
guaranteed Death  Benefit  will be  payable  to  the Beneficiary  named  by  the
Participant  or Annuitant as the case may be. With regard to joint Participants,
at the first  death of  a joint Participant  prior to  the Annuity  Commencement
Date, the Beneficiary will be the surviving Participant.
    
 
   
    The  guaranteed  Death Benefit  during an  Initial or  Subsequent Guaranteed
Period will equal the Account Value. The guaranteed Death Benefit is  calculated
as  of the date  of death. If  applicable, the guaranteed  Death Benefit for all
Guaranteed Periods  will be  totalled  to obtain  the guaranteed  Death  Benefit
payable.
    
 
   
    If  the Beneficiary is  the surviving spouse of  the deceased Participant or
deceased Annuitant,  the  guaranteed Death  Benefit  may  be taken  in  one  sum
immediately  or it  may be  applied under any  of the  Annuity Options available
under the Contract. However,  if the Beneficiary is  the spouse of the  deceased
Participant,  and if the Annuitant is living,  such spouse may elect, in lieu of
receiving the guaranteed Death Benefit,  to become the Participant and  continue
the Contract.
    
 
   
    For  any  Beneficiary  who  is  not the  surviving  spouse  of  the deceased
Participant or deceased Annuitant, the guaranteed Death Benefit may be taken  in
one sum immediately or it may be applied under an Annuity Option available under
the  Contract which  either (i)  provides that  all amounts  will be distributed
within 5  years of  the date  of death  or (ii)  provides that  amounts will  be
payable  over the life of the Beneficiary  or over a period not extending beyond
the life  expectancy of  the Beneficiary,  and such  distribution must  commence
within one year of the date of death.
    
 
   
F.  WAIVER OF SURRENDER CHARGES
    
 
   
    The Company will waive any applicable Surrender Charges in the event you, at
any  time after Contract Year 1, (1) enter  for a period of at least ninety (90)
days a  facility which  is licensed  by the  State and  qualifies as  a  skilled
nursing home facility under Medicare or Medicaid; or (2) you are first diagnosed
as  having a terminal illness by  a physician that is not  related to you or the
Annuitant. The term "terminal illness" is defined in the Contract. Written proof
of a terminal illness satisfactory  to Protective must be submitted.  Protective
reserves  the right to  require an examination  by a physician  of its choice to
verify the  terminal illness.  A  Market Value  Adjustment  will be  imposed  if
applicable.  The Waiver of  Surrender Charges provision is  not available in all
states due to applicable insurance laws.
    
 
   
                                      C-4
    
<PAGE>
   
G.  ANNUITY BENEFITS (PAGE 10)
    
 
   
    1.  ELECTING THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE AND FORM OF ANNUITY (PAGE 10)
    
 
   
    Upon application for a  Contract, you select  an Annuity Commencement  Date.
The  Annuity Commencement Date  you choose may never  extend beyond the Contract
Year closest to the Annuitant's 85th birthday. Any request for extension of  the
maximum Annuity Commencement Date must be approved by the Administrative Office.
You may elect to have all of your Net Account Value or a portion thereof applied
on  the Annuity  Commencement Date  under any  of the  Annuity Options described
below. In the absence of such election, the Net Account Value will be applied on
the Annuity Commencement Date under Option 2 -- Life Income With Payments for  a
10 Year Guaranteed Period.
    
 
   
    2.  CHANGE OF ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE OR ANNUITY OPTION (PAGE 10)
    
 
   
    You may change the Annuity Commencement Date from time to time, but any such
change  must be made in Writing  and received by us within  30 days prior to the
scheduled Annuity  Commencement Date.  In  no event  may Initial  or  Subsequent
Guaranteed Periods extend beyond the Annuity Commencement Date then in effect.
    
 
   
G.  ANNUITY OPTIONS (PAGE 10)
    
 
   
    OPTION  4 -- The total amount applied may  be used to purchase an annuity of
any kind issued by us on the date this option is elected.
    
 
   
    The dollar amount of  monthly payments under  each available Annuity  Option
for  each $1,000  applied is  calculated in  accordance with  annuity tables set
forth in the  Contract. These tables  are based on  the 1983 Individual  Annuity
Mortality Table A projected 4 years with interest at 4% per annum.
    
 
   
H.  FEDERAL TAX MATTERS (PAGE 14)
    
 
   
    In  order to  be treated  as an annuity  contract for  federal tax purposes,
section 72(s) of the Code requires that contracts that are held by persons other
than individuals  (other  than contracts  that  are issued  in  connection  with
certain  Qualified Plans)  contain certain provisions  relating to distributions
upon the  death  of  an  annuitant.  Certain  Contracts  do  not  contain  these
provisions.  The income under such Contracts is  taxable as it accrues. We issue
Forms 1099 in respect of such Contracts.
    
 
   
                                      C-5
    
<PAGE>
   
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                    <C>
Report of Independent Accountants....................................................        F-2
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and
 1993................................................................................        F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1994.........................        F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity for the years ended
 December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993...................................................        F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994,
 and 1993............................................................................        F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...........................................        F-7
Financial Statement Schedules:
  Schedule III -- Supplementary Insurance Information................................        S-1
  Schedule IV -- Reinsurance.........................................................        S-2
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    All  other schedules  to the  consolidated financial  statements required by
Article 7 of Regulation S-X are  not required under the related instructions  or
are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.
    
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
   
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
    
 
   
To the Directors and Stockholder
    
   
Protective Life Insurance Company
    
   
Birmingham, Alabama
    
 
   
    We  have  audited the  consolidated financial  statements and  the financial
statement schedules of Protective Life Insurance Company and Subsidiaries listed
in the index  on page  F-1 of  this registration  statement on  Form S-1.  These
financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of
the  Company's management. Our responsibility is  to express an opinion on these
financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.
    
 
   
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
    
 
   
    In our opinion, the financial  statements referred to above present  fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Protective Life
Insurance  Company and Subsidiaries  as of December  31, 1995 and  1994, and the
consolidated results of their  operations and their cash  flows for each of  the
three  years in the period ended December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting  principles.  In addition,  in  our opinion,  the  financial
statement  schedules referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic
financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects,
the information required to be included therein.
    
 
   
    As discussed in Note A to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company
changed its method  of accounting  for certain  investments in  debt and  equity
securities in 1993.
    
 
   
                                          /s/ COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
    
 
   
Birmingham, Alabama
    
   
February 12, 1996
    
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
    
 
   
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
    
   
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                                               ----------------------------------
                                                                                  1995        1994        1993
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                            <C>         <C>         <C>
REVENUES
  Premiums and policy fees (net of reinsurance ceded: 1995 - $333,173; 1994 -
   $172,575; 1993 - $126,912)................................................  $  369,888  $  402,772  $  351,423
  Net investment income......................................................     458,433     408,933     354,165
  Realized investment gains (losses).........................................       1,951       6,298       5,054
  Other income...............................................................       3,543      11,977       4,756
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                  833,815     829,980     715,398
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
BENEFITS AND EXPENSES
  Benefits and settlement expenses (net of reinsurance ceded: 1995 -
   $247,224; 1994 - $112,922; 1993 - $84,949)................................     509,506     517,110     461,636
  Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs..........................      84,500      88,089      73,335
  Other operating expenses (net of reinsurance ceded: 1995 - $84,855; 1994 -
   $14,326; 1993 - $10,759)..................................................     122,076     119,203      94,315
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                  716,082     724,402     629,286
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX.....................................................     117,733     105,578      86,112
INCOME TAX EXPENSE
  Current....................................................................      47,009      37,586      33,039
  Deferred...................................................................      (6,972)     (4,731)     (3,082)
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                   40,037      32,855      29,957
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
NET INCOME...................................................................  $   77,696  $   72,723  $   56,155
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
    
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
    
 
   
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    
   
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          DECEMBER 31
                                                                                    ------------------------
                                                                                       1995          1994
                                                                                    ----------    ----------
<S>                                                                                 <C>           <C>
ASSETS
Investments:
  Fixed maturities, at market (amortized cost: 1995-$3,798,868;
   1994-$3,698,370).............................................................    $3,891,932    $3,493,646
  Equity securities, at market (cost: 1995-$35,498;1994-$45,958)................        38,711        45,005
  Mortgage loans on real estate.................................................     1,835,057     1,488,495
  Investment real estate, net of accumulated depreciation (1995-$1,032;
   1994-$695)...................................................................        20,788        20,170
  Policy loans..................................................................       143,372       147,608
  Other long-term investments...................................................        43,875        50,751
  Short-term investments........................................................        46,891        54,683
                                                                                    ----------    ----------
    Total investments...........................................................     6,020,626     5,300,358
Cash............................................................................         6,198
Accrued investment income.......................................................        61,004        55,630
Accounts and premiums receivable, net of allowance for uncollectible
 amounts (1995-$2,342; 1994-$2,464).............................................        35,492        28,928
Reinsurance receivables.........................................................       271,018       122,175
Deferred policy acquisition costs...............................................       410,183       434,200
Property and equipment, net.....................................................        34,211        33,185
Receivables from related parties................................................         1,961           281
Other assets....................................................................        13,096        11,802
Assets related to separate accounts.............................................       324,904       124,145
                                                                                    ----------    ----------
                                                                                    $7,178,693    $6,110,704
                                                                                    ----------    ----------
                                                                                    ----------    ----------
LIABILITIES
Policy liabilities and accruals:
  Future policy benefits and claims.............................................    $1,928,154    $1,694,295
  Unearned premiums.............................................................       193,767       103,479
                                                                                    ----------    ----------
                                                                                     2,121,921     1,797,774
Guaranteed investment contract deposits.........................................     2,451,693     2,281,673
Annuity deposits................................................................     1,280,069     1,251,318
Other policyholders' funds......................................................       134,380       144,461
Other liabilities...............................................................       109,538        94,181
Accrued income taxes............................................................           838        (4,699)
Deferred income taxes...........................................................        67,420       (14,667)
Indebtedness to related parties.................................................        34,693        39,443
Liabilities related to separate accounts........................................       324,904       124,145
                                                                                    ----------    ----------
      Total liabilities.........................................................     6,525,456     5,713,629
                                                                                    ----------    ----------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES -- NOTE G
REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK, $1.00 par value, at redemption value
 Shares authorized and issued: 2,000............................................         2,000         2,000
                                                                                    ----------    ----------
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Common Stock, $1.00 par value...................................................         5,000         5,000
  Shares authorized and issued: 5,000,000
Additional paid-in capital......................................................       144,494       126,494
Net unrealized gains on investments (Net of income tax: 1995-$31,157;
 1994-$(57,902))................................................................        57,863      (107,532)
Retained earnings...............................................................       449,645       377,049
Note receivable from PLC Employee Stock Ownership Plan..........................        (5,765)       (5,936)
                                                                                    ----------    ----------
      Total stockholder's equity................................................       651,237       395,075
                                                                                    ----------    ----------
                                                                                    $7,178,693    $6,110,704
                                                                                    ----------    ----------
                                                                                    ----------    ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
    
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
    
 
   
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
    
   
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            NET                        NOTE
                                                         ADDITIONAL     UNREALIZED                  RECEIVABLE        TOTAL
                                                COMMON    PAID-IN     GAINS (LOSSES)     RETAINED    FROM PLC     STOCKHOLDER'S
                                                STOCK     CAPITAL     ON INVESTMENTS     EARNINGS      ESOP          EQUITY
                                                ------   ----------   ---------------    --------   ----------    -------------
<S>                                             <C>      <C>          <C>                <C>        <C>           <C>
Balance, December 31, 1992...................   $5,000   $   85,494   $        3,156     $247,986   $  (6,120)    $    335,516
  Net income for 1993........................                                              56,155                       56,155
  Preferred dividends ($750 per share).......                                              (1,500)                      (1,500)
  Transfer of Southeast Health Plan, Inc.
   common stock to PLC.......................                                               2,535                        2,535
  Increase in net unrealized gains on
   investments...............................                                 36,128                                    36,128
  Capital contribution from PLC..............                41,000                                                     41,000
  Decrease in note receivable from PLC
   ESOP......................................                                                             156              156
                                                ------   ----------   ---------------    --------   ----------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1993...................   5,000       126,494           39,284      305,176      (5,964)         469,990
  Net income for 1994........................                                              72,723                       72,723
  Preferred dividends ($425 per share).......                                                (850)                        (850)
  Decrease in net unrealized gains on
   investments...............................                               (146,816)                                 (146,816)
  Decrease in note receivable from PLC
   ESOP......................................                                                              28               28
                                                ------   ----------   ---------------    --------   ----------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1994...................   5,000       126,494         (107,532)     377,049      (5,936)         395,075
  Net income for 1995........................                                              77,696                       77,696
  Common dividends ($1.00 per share).........                                              (5,000)                      (5,000)
  Preferred dividends ($50 per share)........                                                (100)                        (100)
  Increase in net unrealized gains on
   investments...............................                                165,395                                   165,395
  Capital contribution from PLC..............                18,000                                                     18,000
  Decrease in note receivable form PLC
   ESOP......................................                                                             171              171
                                                ------   ----------   ---------------    --------   ----------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1995...................   $5,000   $  144,494   $       57,863     $449,645   $  (5,765)    $    651,237
                                                ------   ----------   ---------------    --------   ----------    -------------
                                                ------   ----------   ---------------    --------   ----------    -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
    
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
    
 
   
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    
   
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                                                  -------------------------------------
                                                                                     1995         1994         1993
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                               <C>          <C>          <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Net income....................................................................  $    77,696  $    72,723  $    56,155
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
   activities:
    Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs...........................       84,501       88,089       73,335
    Capitalization of deferred policy acquisition costs.........................      (89,266)    (127,566)     (92,935)
    Depreciation expense........................................................        4,317        4,280        2,660
    Deferred income taxes.......................................................       (6,971)      (4,731)      16,987
    Accrued income taxes........................................................        5,537      (12,182)       5,040
    Interest credited to universal life and investment products.................      286,710      260,081      220,772
    Policy fees assessed on universal life and investment products..............     (100,840)     (85,532)     (67,314)
    Change in accrued investment income and other receivables...................     (161,924)     (32,242)     (91,864)
    Change in policy liabilities and other policyholder funds of traditional
     life and health products...................................................      201,353       61,322       47,212
    Change in other liabilities.................................................       (3,270)      18,564       11,970
    Other (net).................................................................       (6,634)      (1,475)      10,517
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net cash provided by operating activities.......................................      291,209      241,331      192,535
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Maturities and principal reductions of investments:
    Investments available for sale..............................................    2,014,060      386,498
    Other.......................................................................       78,568      153,945    1,319,590
  Sale of investments:
    Investment available for sale...............................................    1,523,454      630,095
    Other.......................................................................      141,184       59,550      244,683
  Cost of investments acquired:
    Investments available for sale..............................................   (3,626,877)  (1,807,658)
    Other.......................................................................     (540,648)    (220,839)  (2,320,628)
  Acquisitions and bulk reinsurance assumptions.................................                   106,435       14,170
  Principal payments on subordinated debenture of PLC...........................
  Purchase of property and equipment............................................       (5,629)      (4,889)      (3,451)
  Sale of property and equipment................................................          286          470        1,817
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net cash used in investing activities...........................................     (415,602)    (696,393)    (743,819)
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Proceeds from borrowing under line of credit arrangements and long-term
   debt.........................................................................    1,162,700      572,586      574,423
  Proceeds from surplus note to PLC.............................................                                 35,000
  Capital contribution from PLC.................................................       18,000                    41,000
  Principal payments on line of credit arrangements and long-term debt..........   (1,162,700)    (572,704)    (577,767)
  Principal payment on surplus note to PLC......................................       (4,750)      (9,500)     (22,500)
  Dividends to stockholder......................................................       (5,100)        (850)      (1,500)
  Investment product deposits and change in universal life deposits.............      908,063    1,417,980    1,198,263
  Investment product withdrawals................................................     (785,622)    (976,401)    (683,251)
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net cash provided by financing activities.......................................      130,591      431,111      563,668
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------
INCREASE(DECREASE) IN CASH......................................................        6,198      (23,951)      12,384
CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR.......................................................            0       23,951       11,567
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------
CASH AT END OF YEAR.............................................................  $     6,198  $         0  $    23,951
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
  Cash paid during the year:
    Interest on debt............................................................  $     6,029  $     5,029  $     3,803
    Income taxes................................................................  $    41,397  $    49,765  $    27,432
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Minority interest in consolidated subsidiary..................................                            $    (1,311)
  Reduction of principal on note from ESOP......................................  $       171  $        28  $       156
  Acquisitions and bulk reinsurance assumptions
    Assets acquired.............................................................  $       613  $   117,349  $   423,140
    Liabilities assumed.........................................................      (21,800)    (166,595)    (429,580)
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Net.........................................................................  $   (21,187) $   (49,246) $    (6,440)
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
    
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
NOTE A -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
    
 
   
    BASIS OF PRESENTATION
    
 
   
    The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Protective  Life
Insurance Company and subsidiaries ("Protective")  are prepared on the basis  of
generally accepted accounting principles. Such accounting principles differ from
statutory  reporting practices used by insurance companies in reporting to state
regulatory authorities. (See also Note B.)
    
 
   
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting principles  requires management  to make  various estimates
that affect  the reported  amounts  of assets  and liabilities,  disclosures  of
contingent  assets and liabilities, as well  as the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses.
    
 
   
    ENTITIES INCLUDED
    
 
   
    The  consolidated   financial  statements   include  the   accounts,   after
intercompany  eliminations, of Protective Life Insurance Company and its wholly-
owned  subsidiaries  including   Wisconsin  National   Life  Insurance   Company
("Wisconsin National") and American Foundation Life Insurance Company ("American
Foundation").  Protective  is  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  Protective  Life
Corporation ("PLC"), an insurance holding company.
    
 
   
    NATURE OF OPERATIONS
    
 
   
    Protective markets individual  life insurance; group  life, health,  dental,
and  cancer  insurance;  annuities  and  investment  products;  credit  life and
disability insurance;  and guaranteed  investment  contracts. Its  products  are
distributed   nationally  through   independent  agents   and  brokers;  through
broker-dealers and financial institutions to their customers; through  full-time
sales  representatives; and  through other insurance  companies. Protective also
seeks to acquire blocks of insurance policies from other insurers.
    
 
   
    The  operating  results  of  companies   in  the  insurance  industry   have
historically  been  subject  to  significant  fluctuations  due  to competition,
economic conditions,  interest  rates, investment  performance,  maintenance  of
insurance ratings, and other factors.
    
 
   
    RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
    
 
   
    Protective  adopted Statement  of Financial Accounting  Standards (SFAS) No.
115, "Accounting  for Certain  Investments in  Debt and  Equity Securities,"  at
December  31, 1993, which  requires Protective to carry  its investment in fixed
maturities and certain  other securities  at market value  instead of  amortized
cost.
    
 
   
    In  1995  Protective  adopted SFAS  No.  114, "Accounting  by  Creditors for
Impairment of a Loan," and SFAS No. 118, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment
of a Loan -- Income Recognition  and Disclosures." Under these new standards,  a
loan  is considered impaired, based on current  information and events, if it is
probable that Protective  will be unable  to collect the  scheduled payments  of
principal  or interest when due  according to the contractual  terms of the loan
agreement. The measurement of impaired loans  is generally based on the  present
value  of  expected future  cash flows  discounted  at the  historical effective
interest rate,  except  that all  collateral-dependent  loans are  measured  for
impairment based on the fair value of the collateral.
    
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
NOTE A -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    
   
    Since  Protective's mortgage  loans are  collateralized by  real estate, any
assessment of impairment  is based  upon the estimated  fair value  of the  real
estate.  Based  on  Protective's  evaluation  of  its  mortgage  loan portfolio,
Protective does  not expect  any  material losses  on  its mortgage  loans,  and
therefore no allowance for losses is required under SFAS No. 114 at December 31,
1995.
    
 
   
    In 1995 PLC adopted SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,"
which  changes the way stock-based compensation expense is measured and requires
additional disclosures  relating to  PLC's stock-based  compensation plans.  The
adoption  of this accounting standard did not have a material effect on PLC's or
Protective's financial statements.
    
 
   
    In 1995  the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board  issued: SFAS  No.  120,
"Accounting  and Reporting by Mutual Life Insurance Enterprises and by Insurance
Enterprises for Certain  Long-Duration Participating Contracts;"  SFAS No.  121,
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
Be  Disposed Of;" and SFAS No.  122, "Accounting for Mortgage Servicing Rights."
Protective anticipates  that  the  impact of  adopting  these  three  accounting
standards will be immaterial to its financial condition.
    
 
   
    INVESTMENTS
    
 
   
    Protective has classified all of its investments in fixed maturities, equity
securities, and short-term investments as "available for sale."
    
 
   
    Investments  are  reported  on  the  following  bases  less  allowances  for
uncollectible amounts on investments, if applicable:
    
 
   
    - Fixed  maturities  (bonds,  bank   loan  participations,  and   redeemable
      preferred stocks) -- at current market value.
    
 
   
    - Equity  securities  (common  and  nonredeemable  preferred  stocks)  -- at
      current market value.
    
 
   
    - Mortgage loans on  real estate --  at unpaid balances,  adjusted for  loan
      origination costs, net of fees, and amortization of premium or discount.
    
 
   
    - Investment  real  estate  --  at cost,  less  allowances  for depreciation
      computed on the straight-line method. With respect to real estate acquired
      through  foreclosure,  cost  is  the  lesser  of  the  loan  balance  plus
      foreclosure costs or appraised value.
    
 
   
    - Policy loans -- at unpaid balances.
    
 
   
    - Other  long-term investments --  at a variety of  methods similar to those
      listed above, as deemed appropriate for the specific investment.
    
 
   
    - Short-term investments  --  at  cost, which  approximates  current  market
      value.
    
 
   
    Substantially  all short-term investments have maturities of three months or
less at the time of acquisition  and include approximately $5.2 million in  bank
deposits voluntarily restricted as to withdrawal.
    
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
NOTE A -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    
   
    As  prescribed by  SFAS No. 115,  certain investments are  recorded at their
market values  with the  resulting  unrealized gains  and  losses reduced  by  a
related  adjustment to  deferred policy  acquisition costs,  net of  income tax,
reported as a  component of  stockholder's equity.  The market  values of  fixed
maturities  increase  or decrease  as interest  rates  fall or  rise. Therefore,
although the adoption of SFAS No.  115 does not affect Protective's  operations,
its reported stockholder's equity will fluctuate significantly as interest rates
change.
    
 
   
    Protective's  balance  sheets  at  December 31,  prepared  on  the  basis of
reporting investments at  amortized cost rather  than at market  values, are  as
follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1995          1994
                                                                    ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
Total investments.................................................  $  5,915,357  $  5,499,511
Deferred policy acquisition costs.................................       426,432       400,480
All other assets..................................................       747,884       376,146
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                    $  7,089,673  $  6,276,137
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                    ------------  ------------
Deferred income taxes.............................................  $     36,263  $     43,235
All other liabilities.............................................     6,458,036     5,728,296
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                       6,494,299     5,771,531
Redeemable preferred stock........................................         2,000         2,000
Stockholder's equity..............................................       593,374       502,606
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                    $  7,089,673  $  6,276,137
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                    ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Realized  gains and  losses on  sales of  investments are  recognized in net
income using the specific identification basis.
    
 
   
    DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
    
 
   
    Protective  does  not  use  derivative  financial  instruments  for  trading
purposes.  Combinations of futures  contracts and options  on treasury notes are
currently being  used  as  hedges  for  asset/liability  management  of  certain
investments,  primarily mortgage loans  on real estate,  and liabilities arising
from interest-sensitive  products such  as guaranteed  investment contracts  and
individual annuities. Realized investment gains and losses on such contracts are
deferred and amortized over the life of the hedged asset. Net realized losses of
$15.2  million were deferred in 1995 and net realized gains of $7.9 million were
deferred in 1994.  At December 31,  1995 and 1994,  open futures contracts  with
notional  amounts of  $25.0 million  and $137.5  million, respectively,  had net
unrealized losses of $0.6 million and $0.4 million respectively.
    
 
   
    Protective uses interest rate swap contracts to convert certain  investments
from  a variable to a fixed rate of interest. At December 31, 1995, related open
interest rate swap contracts with a notional amount of $170.3 million were in  a
$1.3  million net unrealized  gain position. At December  31, 1994, related open
interest rate swap contracts with a notional amount of $230.0 million were in an
$8.9 million net unrealized loss position.
    
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
NOTE A -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    
   
    CASH
    
 
   
    Cash includes  all demand  deposits  reduced by  the amount  of  outstanding
checks and drafts.
    
 
   
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
    
 
   
    Property   and  equipment  are  reported   at  cost.  Protective  uses  both
accelerated and straight-line methods of  depreciation based upon the  estimated
useful  lives of the  assets. Major repairs or  improvements are capitalized and
depreciated over the  estimated useful lives  of the assets.  Other repairs  are
expensed  as incurred. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of property
and equipment sold or retired are removed from the accounts, and resulting gains
or losses are included in income.
    
 
   
    Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1995       1994
                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Home office building....................................................  $  35,284  $  35,321
Other, principally furniture and equipment..............................     30,356     25,687
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                             65,640     61,008
Accumulated depreciation................................................     31,429     27,823
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          $  34,211  $  33,185
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    SEPARATE ACCOUNTS
    
 
   
    Protective operates separate  accounts, some in  which Protective bears  the
investment  risk  and  others  in  which the  investments  risk  rests  with the
contractholder. The assets and liabilities related to separate accounts in which
Protective does not bear the investment  risk are valued at market and  reported
separately  as  assets  and  liabilities related  to  separate  accounts  in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements.
    
 
   
    REVENUES, BENEFITS, CLAIMS, AND EXPENSES
    
   
 
    
   
    - Traditional  Life  and  Health  Insurance  Products  --  Traditional  life
      insurance  products consist principally  of those products  with fixed and
      guaranteed  premiums  and  benefits  and  include  whole  life   insurance
      policies,  term  life insurance  policies, limited-payment  life insurance
      policies, and certain  annuities with life  contingencies. Life  insurance
      and  immediate annuity premiums are recognized as revenue when due. Health
      insurance premiums  are  recognized  as  revenue over  the  terms  of  the
      policies.  Benefits and  expenses are  associated with  earned premiums so
      that profits  are recognized  over  the life  of  the contracts.  This  is
      accomplished  by means of the provision  for liabilities for future policy
      benefits and the amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs.
    
 
   
      Liabilities for  future  policy  benefits on  traditional  life  insurance
      products have been computed using a net level method including assumptions
      as  to investment  yields, mortality,  persistency, and  other assumptions
      based  on  Protective's  experience  modified  as  necessary  to   reflect
      anticipated   trends  and  to  include  provisions  for  possible  adverse
      deviation. Reserve investment yield assumptions are graded and range  from
      2.5%  to  7.0%. The  liability for  future policy  benefits and  claims on
      traditional
    
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
NOTE A -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    
   
     life and health  insurance products includes  estimated unpaid claims  that
      have been reported to Protective and claims incurred but not yet reported.
      Policy  claims are charged  to expense in  the period that  the claims are
      incurred.
    
 
   
    Activity in the liability for unpaid claims is summarized as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1995        1994        1993
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>         <C>
Balance beginning of year................................  $   79,462  $   77,191  $   68,203
  Less reinsurance.......................................       5,024       3,973       3,809
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
Net balance beginning of year............................      74,438      73,218      64,394
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
Incurred related to:
Current year.............................................     217,366     203,453     194,394
Prior year...............................................      (8,337)     (6,683)     (5,123)
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
    Total incurred.......................................     209,029     196,770     189,271
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
Paid related to:
Current year.............................................     164,321     148,548     141,361
Prior year...............................................      48,834      47,002      39,086
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
    Total paid...........................................     213,155     195,550     180,447
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
Net balance end of year..................................      70,312      74,438      73,218
  Plus reinsurance.......................................       3,330       5,024       3,973
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
Balance end of year......................................  $   73,642  $   79,462  $   77,191
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    - Universal Life and  Investment Products --  Universal life and  investment
      products   include   universal  life   insurance,   guaranteed  investment
      contracts, deferred annuities, and  annuities without life  contingencies.
      Revenues for universal life and investment products consist of policy fees
      that  have been assessed against policy  account balances for the costs of
      insurance, policy administration, and surrenders. That is, universal  life
      and  investment product deposits are not considered revenues in accordance
      with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Benefit  reserves  for
      universal  life and investment products  represent policy account balances
      before  applicable  surrender   charges  plus   certain  deferred   policy
      initiation  fees  that  are recognized  in  income  over the  term  of the
      policies. Policy benefits and claims  that are charged to expense  include
      benefit  claims incurred in the period in excess of related policy account
      balances and interest credited to policy account balances. Interest credit
      rates for universal life and investment products ranged from 3.0% to  9.4%
      in 1995.
    
 
   
      At  December  31,  1995,  Protective  estimates  the  fair  value  of  its
      guaranteed investment contracts  to be $2,660.0  million using  discounted
      cash   flows.  The   surrender  value  of   Protective's  annuities  which
      approximates fair value was $1,296.7 million.
    
 
   
    - Policy Acquisition  Costs  -- Commissions  and  other costs  of  acquiring
      traditional  life  and  health insurance,  universal  life  insurance, and
      investment products  that  vary with  and  are primarily  related  to  the
      production of new business have been deferred. Traditional life and health
      insurance  acquisition costs are amortized over the premium-payment period
      of the related policies in proportion to the
    
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
NOTE A -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    
   
     ratio of  annual  premium  income  to  total  anticipated  premium  income.
      Acquisition  costs for  universal life  and investment  products are being
      amortized over the lives of the policies in relation to the present  value
      of   estimated  gross  profits  from  surrender  charges  and  investment,
      mortality, and  expense  margins.  Under  SFAS  No.  97,  "Accounting  and
      Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long-Duration Contracts and
      for  Realized Gains and  Losses from the  Sale of Investments," Protective
      makes certain assumptions regarding the mortality, persistency,  expenses,
      and  interest  rates it  expects to  experience  in future  periods. These
      assumptions are to be  best estimates and are  to be periodically  updated
      whenever  actual experience and/or expectations for the future change from
      initial assumptions. Additionally, relating to  SFAS No. 115, these  costs
      have  been adjusted by an amount equal to the amortization that would have
      been recorded if unrealized gains or losses on investments associated with
      Protective's universal life and investment products had been realized.
    
 
   
      The cost to acquire blocks of insurance representing the present value  of
      future  profits from such blocks of insurance is also included in deferred
      policy acquisition costs, discounted at interest rates averaging 15%.  For
      acquisitions  occurring after 1988, Protective amortizes the present value
      of future  profits  over  the premium  payment  period  including  accrued
      interest  at 8%. The unamortized present  value of future profits for such
      acquisitions  was  approximately  $102.5  million  and  $84.4  million  at
      December  31, 1995  and 1994, respectively.  During 1995  $26.5 million of
      present value of future profits on  acquisitions made during the year  was
      capitalized, and $3.2 million was amortized. The unamortized present value
      of  future profits for all acquisitions was $123.9 million at December 31,
      1995 and $110.3 million at December 31, 1994.
    
 
   
    PARTICIPATING POLICIES
    
 
   
    Participating business  comprises approximately  1% of  the individual  life
insurance  in  force and  2% of  the individual  life insurance  premium income.
Policyholder dividends totaled $2.6 million in 1995, 1994, and 1993.
    
 
   
    INCOME TAXES
    
 
   
    Protective uses  the asset  and liability  method of  accounting for  income
taxes.  Income  tax  provisions  are  generally  based  on  income  reported for
financial statement  purposes.  Deferred federal  income  taxes arise  from  the
recognition of temporary differences between the bases of assets and liabilities
determined  for financial reporting purposes and the bases determined for income
tax purposes. Such temporary differences are principally related to the deferral
of policy acquisition  costs and the  provision for future  policy benefits  and
expenses.
    
 
   
    RECLASSIFICATIONS
    
 
   
    Certain   reclassifications  have  been  made  in  the  previously  reported
financial statements  and accompanying  notes  to make  the prior  year  amounts
comparable to those of the current year. Such reclassifications had no effect on
net income, total assets, or stockholder's equity.
    
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
NOTE B -- RECONCILIATION WITH STATUTORY REPORTING PRACTICES
    
   
    Financial   statements  prepared  in   conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principals  ("GAAP")  differ  in some  respects  from  the  statutory
accounting   practices   prescribed   or  permitted   by   insurance  regulatory
authorities. The  most significant  differences are:  (a) acquisition  costs  of
obtaining  new business are deferred and  amortized over the approximate life of
the policies  rather  than  charged  to  operations  as  incurred,  (b)  benefit
liabilities  are computed using  a net level  method and are  based on realistic
estimates of  expected  mortality,  interest, and  withdrawals  as  adjusted  to
provide  for possible unfavorable deviation  from such assumptions, (c) deferred
income taxes  are  provided  for temporary  differences  between  financial  and
taxable  earnings,  (d) the  Asset  Valuation Reserve  and  Interest Maintenance
Reserve are  restored  to stockholder's  equity,  (e) furniture  and  equipment,
agents'  debit balances, and prepaid expenses are reported as assets rather than
being charged  directly  to surplus  (referred  to as  nonadmitted  items),  (f)
certain  items  of interest  income, principally  accrual  of mortgage  and bond
discounts are amortized differently, and (g) bonds are stated at market  instead
of amortized cost.
    
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
NOTE B -- RECONCILIATION WITH STATUTORY REPORTING PRACTICES (CONTINUED)
    
   
    The  reconciliations  of net  income  and stockholder's  equity  prepared in
conformity  with  statutory  reporting  practices   to  that  reported  in   the
accompanying consolidated financial statements are as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         NET INCOME                   STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
                                               -------------------------------  ---------------------------------
                                                 1995       1994       1993        1995        1994       1993
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ----------  ---------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
In conformity with statutory reporting
 practices:
  Protective Life Insurance Company..........  $ 105,744  $  54,812  $  41,471  $  322,416  $  304,858  $ 263,075
  Wisconsin National Life Insurance
   Company...................................     10,954     10,132      9,591      62,529      57,268     50,885
  American Foundation Life Insurance
   Company...................................      3,330      3,072      1,415      18,781      20,327     18,290
  Capital Investors Life Insurance Company...        182        170        207       1,315       1,125        824
  Empire General Life Assurance
   Corporation...............................      1,003        690        408      20,685      21,270     10,588
  Protective Life Insurance Corporation of
   Alabama...................................        546         69         16       2,675       2,133      2,064
  Consolidation elimination..................     (6,500)                   30    (103,985)   (100,123)   (80,651)
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ----------  ---------
                                                 115,259     68,945     53,138     324,416     306,858    265,075
Additions (deductions) by adjustment:
  Deferred policy acquisition costs, net of
   amortization..............................       (765)    41,718     25,686     410,183     434,200    299,307
  Policy liabilities and accruals............    (48,330)   (34,632)   (15,586)   (186,512)   (140,298)   (69,844)
  Deferred income tax........................      6,972      4,731      3,081     (67,420)     14,667    (69,118)
  Asset Valuation Reserve....................                                      105,769      24,925     43,398
  Interest Maintenance Reserve...............     (1,235)    (1,716)    (1,432)     14,412       3,583     10,489
  Nonadmitted items..........................                                       20,603      21,445      7,742
  Timing and valuation differences on
   mortgage loans on real estate and fixed
   maturity investments......................       (619)      (961)     1,645      25,060       6,877      7,350
  Net unrealized gains and losses on
   investments...............................                                       57,863    (107,532)    39,284
  Realized investment gains (losses).........      6,781     (6,664)    (7,860)
  Noninsurance affiliates....................        (22)                  (12)          9                     31
  Consolidation elimination..................      2,515     (4,415)    (2,107)    (46,222)   (162,835)   (65,620)
  Other adjustments, net.....................     (2,860)     5,717       (398)     (4,924)     (4,815)     1,896
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ----------  ---------
In conformity with generally accepted
 accounting principles.......................  $  77,696  $  72,723  $  56,155  $  653,237  $  397,075  $ 469,990
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ----------  ---------
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ----------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
NOTE C -- INVESTMENT OPERATIONS
    
   
    Major  categories of net  investment income for the  years ended December 31
are summarized as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1995        1994        1993
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>         <C>
Fixed maturities.........................................  $  272,942  $  237,264  $  211,566
Equity securities........................................       1,338       2,435       1,519
Mortgage loans on real estate............................     162,135     141,751     130,262
Investment real estate...................................       1,855       1,950       2,119
Policy loans.............................................       8,958       8,397       7,558
Other, principally short-term investments................      40,348      35,062      18,779
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                              487,576     426,859     371,803
Investment expenses......................................      29,143      17,926      17,638
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                           $  458,433  $  408,933  $  354,165
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Realized investment  gains (losses)  for  the years  ended December  31  are
summarized as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1995        1994        1993
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>         <C>
Fixed maturities..........................................  $    6,118  $   (8,646) $   10,508
Equity securities.........................................          44       7,735       2,230
Mortgage loans and other investments......................      (4,211)      7,209      (7,684)
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                            $    1,951  $    6,298  $    5,054
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Protective  has  established  an  allowance  for  uncollectible  amounts  on
investments. The allowance totaled $32.7 million at December 31, 1995 and  $35.2
million  at  December  31, 1994.  Additions  to  the allowance  are  included in
realized  investment   gains   (losses).  Without   such   additions/reductions,
Protective  had realized investment losses of  $0.5 million in 1995 and realized
investment  gains  of  $6.3  million  and  $13.8  million  in  1994  and   1993,
respectively.
    
 
   
    In  1995, gross gains on  the sale of investments  available for sale (fixed
maturities, equity securities and short-term investments) were $18.0 million and
gross losses were  $11.8 million. In  1994, gross gains  were $15.2 million  and
gross  losses were  $16.4 million.  In 1993,  gross gains  on the  sale of fixed
maturities were $8.3 million and gross losses were $0.4 million.
    
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
NOTE C -- INVESTMENT OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)
    
   
    The amortized cost and estimated  market values of Protective's  investments
classified as available for sale at December 31 are as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            GROSS        GROSS      ESTIMATED
                                            AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED      MARKET
1995                                           COST         GAINS       LOSSES        VALUES
- -----------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                        <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
Fixed maturities:
  Bonds:
    Mortgage-backed securities...........  $  2,006,858   $  46,934    $   4,017   $  2,049,775
    United States Government and
     authorities.........................       105,388       2,290          101        107,577
    States, municipalities, and political
     subdivisions........................        10,888         702            0         11,590
    Public utilities.....................       322,110       5,904          770        327,244
    Convertibles and bonds with
     warrants............................           638           0          145            493
    All other corporate bonds............     1,126,318      50,103        7,573      1,168,848
  Bank loan participations...............       220,811           0            0        220,811
  Redeemable preferred stocks............         5,857          61          324          5,594
                                           ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
                                              3,798,868     105,994       12,930      3,891,932
Equity securities........................        35,448       6,438        3,175         38,711
Short-term investments...................        46,891           0            0         46,891
                                           ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
                                           $  3,881,207   $ 112,432    $  16,105   $  3,977,534
                                           ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
                                           ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            GROSS        GROSS      ESTIMATED
                                            AMORTIZED     UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED     MARKET
1994                                           COST         GAINS        LOSSES       VALUES
- -----------------------------------------  ------------   ----------   ----------  ------------
<S>                                        <C>            <C>          <C>         <C>
Fixed maturities:
  Bonds:
    Mortgage-backed securities...........  $  2,002,842   $   7,538    $ 112,059   $  1,898,321
    United States Government and
     authorities.........................        90,468         290        8,877         81,881
    States, municipalities, and political
     subdivisions........................        10,902           5        1,230          9,677
    Public utilities.....................       414,011       1,091       36,982        378,120
    Convertibles and bonds with
     warrants............................           687           0          302            385
    All other corporate bonds............       927,779       3,437       56,788        874,428
  Bank loan participations...............       244,881           0            0        244,881
  Redeemable preferred stocks............         6,800          37          884          5,953
                                           ------------   ----------   ----------  ------------
                                              3,698,370      12,398      217,122      3,493,646
Equity securities........................        45,958       3,994        4,947         45,005
Short-term investments...................        54,683           0            0         54,683
                                           ------------   ----------   ----------  ------------
                                           $  3,799,011   $  16,392    $ 222,069   $  3,593,334
                                           ------------   ----------   ----------  ------------
                                           ------------   ----------   ----------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
NOTE C -- INVESTMENT OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)
    
   
    The  amortized  cost  and estimated  market  values of  fixed  maturities at
December 31,  by expected  maturity, are  shown below.  Expected maturities  are
derived  from  rates  of  prepayment  that  may  differ  from  actual  rates  of
prepayment.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        ESTIMATED
                                                                          AMORTIZED       MARKET
                                                                             COST         VALUES
                                                                         ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                      <C>           <C>
1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
  Due in one year or less..............................................  $    410,489  $    411,839
  Due after one year through five years................................     1,090,323     1,101,226
  Due after five years through ten years...............................     1,481,248     1,524,555
  Due after ten years..................................................       816,808       854,312
                                                                         ------------  ------------
                                                                         $  3,798,868  $  3,891,932
                                                                         ------------  ------------
                                                                         ------------  ------------
 
1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
  Due in one year or less..............................................  $    577,146  $    540,223
  Due after one year through five years................................     1,351,435     1,299,248
  Due after five years through ten years...............................       994,994       929,764
  Due after ten years..................................................       774,795       724,411
                                                                         ------------  ------------
                                                                         $  3,698,370  $  3,493,646
                                                                         ------------  ------------
                                                                         ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The approximate  percentage  distribution  of  Protective's  fixed  maturity
investments by quality rating at December 31 is as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
RATING                                                            1995       1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------     ------     ------
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>
AAA.........................................................       56.1%      57.6%
AA..........................................................        4.5        5.5
A...........................................................       12.6       12.5
BBB
  Bonds.....................................................       19.0       14.9
  Bank loan participations..................................        0.4        1.4
BB or Less
  Bonds.....................................................        2.0        2.3
  Bank loan participations..................................        5.3        5.6
Redeemable preferred stocks.................................        0.1        0.2
                                                                 ------     ------
                                                                  100.0%     100.0%
                                                                 ------     ------
                                                                 ------     ------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    At  December 31, 1995 and  1994, Protective had bonds  which were rated less
than investment grade of $75.7  million and $82.5 million, respectively,  having
an   amortized  cost   of  $82.2   million  and   $89.4  million,  respectively.
Additionally, Protective had bank loan participations which were rated less than
investment grade of $206.0 million  and $195.1 million, respectively, having  an
amortized cost of $206.0 million and $195.1 million, respectively.
    
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                (All dollar amounts in tables are in thousands)
    
 
   
NOTE C -- INVESTMENT OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)
    
   
    The  change  in  unrealized gains  (losses),  net  of income  tax,  on fixed
maturity and equity securities for the years ended December 31 is summarized  as
follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1995        1994        1993
                                                             ----------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>          <C>
Fixed maturities...........................................  $  193,562  $  (175,723) $   1,198
Equity securities..........................................  $    2,740  $    (5,342) $   1,565
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    At  December 31,  1995, all of  Protective's mortgage  loans were commercial
loans of  which  81%  were  retail,  7% were  warehouses,  and  6%  were  office
buildings.   Protective  specializes   in  making   mortgage  loans   on  either
credit-oriented or  credit-anchored commercial  properties,  most of  which  are
strip  shopping centers in  smaller towns and cities.  No single tenant's leased
space represents  more than  4%  of mortgage  loans.  Approximately 82%  of  the
mortgage  loans  are on  properties located  in the  following states  listed in
decreasing order of significance:  South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama,  Tennessee,
Texas,  Florida,  North Carolina,  Virginia, California,  Mississippi, Colorado,
Ohio, Kentucky, Louisiana, Indiana, and Illinois.
    
 
   
    Many of the mortgage loans have  call provisions after five to seven  years.
Assuming  the loans  are called at  their next call  dates, approximately $174.3
million would become due  in 1996, $497.3  million in 1997  to 2000, and  $275.7
million in 2001 to 2005.
    
 
   
    At  December 31, 1994, the  average mortgage loan was  $1.6 million, and the
weighted average interest rate  was 9.3%. The largest  single mortgage loan  was
$13.1  million.  While Protective's  mortgage loans  do  not have  quoted market
values, at December 31, 1995 and 1994, Protective estimates the market value  of
its  mortgage loans to  be $2,001.1 million  and $1,535.3 million, respectively,
using discounted cash flows from the next call date.
    
 
   
    At December  31, 1995  and  1994, Protective's  problem mortgage  loans  and
foreclosed  properties totaled  $26.1 million  and $24.0  million, respectively.
Protective expects no significant loss of principal.
    
 
   
    Certain investments, principally real estate, with a carrying value of  $9.5
million were nonincome producing for the twelve months ended December 31, 1995.
    
 
   
    Mortgage  loans  to affiliates  of both  Fletcher Bright  and Edens  & Avant
totaled $95.4 million  and $69.1  million, respectively, at  December 31,  1995.
Most of such loans were not made to, or in reliance on the credit of, Mr. Bright
or Edens & Avant.
    
 
   
    Protective believes it is not practicable to determine the fair value of its
policy  loans since  there is  no stated  maturity, and  policy loans  are often
repaid by reductions to  policy benefits. Policy  loan interest rates  generally
range  from  4.5%  to 8.0%.  The  fair  values of  Protective's  other long-term
investments approximate cost.
    
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
NOTE D -- FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
    
   
    Protective's effective  income  tax rate  varied  from the  maximum  federal
income tax rate as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1995         1994         1993
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>          <C>
Statutory federal income tax rate applied to pretax income..       35.0%        35.0%        35.0%
Dividends received deduction and tax-exempt interest........       (0.5)        (0.4)        (0.5)
Low-income housing credit...................................       (0.7)        (0.7)
Tax benefits arising from prior acquisitions and other
 adjustments................................................        0.2         (2.8)        (1.1)
                                                                    ---          ---          ---
Effective income tax rate...................................       34.0%        31.1%        33.4%
                                                                    ---          ---          ---
                                                                    ---          ---          ---
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The  provision for federal income tax differs from amounts currently payable
due to certain items reported for financial statement purposes in periods  which
differ from those in which they are reported for income tax purposes.
    
 
   
    Details of the deferred income tax provision for the years ended December 31
are as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1995        1994        1993
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>         <C>
Deferred policy acquisition costs.........................  $  (11,606) $   34,561  $    8,861
Benefit and other policy liability changes................      52,496     (52,288)    (10,416)
Temporary differences of investment income................     (34,175)     15,524
Other items...............................................     (13,687)     (2,528)     (1,527)
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                            $   (6,972) $   (4,731) $   (3,082)
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The  components  of Protective's  net deferred  income  tax liability  as of
December 31 were as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1995        1994
                                                                        ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
Deferred income tax assets:
  Policy and policyholder liability reserves..........................  $   63,830  $  116,326
  Unrealized loss on investments......................................                  23,485
  Other...............................................................       2,303
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                            66,133     139,811
                                                                        ----------  ----------
Deferred income tax liabilities:
  Deferred policy acquisition costs...................................     102,154     113,760
  Unrealized gain on investments......................................      31,399
  Other...............................................................                  11,384
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                           133,553     125,144
                                                                        ----------  ----------
  Net deferred income tax liability...................................  $   67,420  $  (14,667)
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Under pre-1984  life  insurance  company  income  tax  laws,  a  portion  of
Protective's  gain  from  operations which  was  not subject  to  current income
taxation was  accumulated  for  income  tax purposes  in  a  memorandum  account
designated as Policyholders' Surplus. The aggregate accumulation in this account
at December 31, 1995 was approximately $50.7 million. Should the accumulation in
the Policyholders' Surplus account
    
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
NOTE D -- FEDERAL INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    
   
exceed certain stated maximums, or should distributions including cash dividends
be  made to PLC  in excess of  approximately $322 million,  such excess would be
subject to federal income taxes at  rates then effective. Deferred income  taxes
have  not  been  provided  on  amounts  designated  as  Policyholders'  Surplus.
Protective does not anticipate involuntarily paying income tax on amounts in the
Policyholders' Surplus accounts.
    
 
   
    At December 31, 1995 Protective has  an unused capital loss carryforward  of
$5.7 million which will expire in 2000.
    
 
   
    Protective's  income tax returns are included in the consolidated income tax
returns of PLC.  The allocation of  income tax liabilities  among affiliates  is
based upon separate income tax return calculations.
    
 
   
NOTE E -- DEBT
    
   
    At  December 31,  1995, PLC  had borrowed under  a term  note that contains,
among other provisions, requirements  for maintaining certain financial  ratios,
and  restrictions  on  indebtedness  incurred  by  PLC's  subsidiaries including
Protective. Additionally, PLC,  on a  consolidated basis, cannot  incur debt  in
excess of 50% of its total capital.
    
 
   
    Included  in indebtedness  to related  parties are  three surplus debentures
issued by Protective  to PLC. At  December 31,  1995, the balance  of the  three
surplus  debentures  combined  was  $34.7 million.  Future  maturities  of these
debentures are $14.7 million in 1996 and $20.0 million in 2003.
    
 
   
    Interest expense totaled $6.0  million, $5.0 million,  and $5.0 million,  in
1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively.
    
 
   
NOTE F -- ACQUISITIONS
    
   
    In  April 1994  Protective acquired through  coinsurance a  block of payroll
deduction policies. In October 1994,  Protective acquired through coinsurance  a
block  of individual life  insurance policies. In  June 1995 Protective acquired
through coinsurance a block of term life insurance policies.
    
 
   
    These transactions have been accounted for as purchases, and the results  of
the  transactions have  been included  in the  accompanying financial statements
since the effective dates of the agreements.
    
 
   
NOTE G -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
    
   
    Under insurance  guaranty fund  laws, in  most states,  insurance  companies
doing  business therein can be assessed up to prescribed limits for policyholder
losses incurred  by  insolvent  companies.  Protective  does  not  believe  such
assessments  will be materially  different from amounts  already provided for in
the financial  statements. Most  of  these laws  do  provide, however,  that  an
assessment  may be  excused or  deferred if it  would threaten  an insurer's own
financial strength.
    
 
   
    A number of civil jury verdicts  have been returned against life and  health
insurers  in the jurisdictions  in which Protective  does business involving the
insurers'  sales  practices,  alleged  agent  misconduct,  failure  to  properly
supervise  agents, and other matters. Some of  the lawsuits have resulted in the
award of substantial judgments against  the insurer, including material  amounts
of  punitive  damages. In  some states,  juries  have substantial  discretion in
awarding  punitive   damages  in   these  circumstances.   Protective  and   its
subsidiaries,
    
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
NOTE G -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)
    
   
like  other life  and health insurers,  from time  to time are  involved in such
litigation. To  date,  no  such  lawsuit  has  resulted  in  the  award  of  any
significant  amount of damages  against Protective. Although  the outcome of any
litigation cannot be predicted  with certainty, Protective is  not aware of  any
litigation that will have a material adverse effect on the financial position of
Protective.
    
 
   
NOTE H -- STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY AND RESTRICTIONS
    
   
    At   December  31,   1995,  approximately   $329  million   of  consolidated
stockholder's equity excluding net unrealized  gains and losses represented  net
assets of Protective that cannot be transferred in the form of dividends, loans,
or  advances to PLC. In general, dividends up to specified levels are considered
ordinary and  may be  paid thirty  days after  written notice  to the  insurance
commissioner  of the state  of domicile unless such  commissioner objects to the
dividend prior to the expiration of such period. Dividends in larger amounts are
considered extraordinary and are subject  to affirmative prior approval by  such
commissioner. The maximum amount that would qualify as ordinary dividends to PLC
by Protective in 1996 is estimated to be $129 million.
    
 
   
NOTE I -- REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
    
   
    PLC  owns all of  the 2,000 shares  of redeemable preferred  stock issued by
Protective's subsidiary, American Foundation. The  entire issue was reissued  in
1991  and will be redeemed  September 30, 1996 for $1  thousand per share, or $2
million. The  stock  pays,  when  and if  declared,  annual  minimum  cumulative
dividends  of $50  per share, and  noncumulative participating  dividends to the
extent American Foundation's  statutory earnings for  the immediately  preceding
fiscal year exceed $1 million. Dividends of $0.1 million, $0.9 million, and $1.5
million were paid to PLC in 1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively.
    
 
   
NOTE J -- RELATED PARTY MATTERS
    
   
    Receivables  from related  parties consisted of  receivables from affiliates
under control of PLC in the amounts of $2.0 million and $0.3 million at December
31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. Protective  routinely receives from or pays  to
affiliates  under the control of PLC reimbursements for expenses incurred on one
another's behalf.  Receivables  and  payables  among  affiliates  are  generally
settled monthly.
    
 
   
    On  August 6, 1990, PLC  announced that its Board  of Directors approved the
formation of an  Employee Stock Ownership  Plan ("ESOP"). On  December 1,  1990,
Protective  transferred to the ESOP 520,000 shares of PLC's common stock held by
it in exchange for a note. The outstanding balance of the note, $5.8 million  at
December  31, 1995, is accounted for as a reduction to stockholder's equity. The
stock will be  used to  match employee  contributions to  PLC's existing  401(k)
Plan.  The ESOP shares are dividend paying.  Dividends on the shares are used to
pay the ESOP's note to Protective.
    
 
   
    Protective leases furnished office space and computers to affiliates.  Lease
revenues  were $3.1 million in  1995, $2.8 million in  1994, and $2.8 million in
1993. Protective  purchases data  processing, legal,  investment and  management
services  from affiliates. The costs of  such services were $38.1 million, $29.8
million, and $20.4 million  in 1995, 1994,  and 1993, respectively.  Commissions
paid  to affiliated marketing organizations of $10.9 million, $10.1 million, and
$5.8 million in 1995,  1994, and 1993, respectively,  were included in  deferred
policy acquisition costs.
    
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
NOTE J -- RELATED PARTY MATTERS (CONTINUED)
    
   
    Certain  corporations  with  which  PLC's  directors  were  affiliated  paid
Protective premiums and policy fees for  various types of group insurance.  Such
premiums  and policy  fees amounted to  $21.2 million, $21.1  million, and $10.3
million in  1995,  1994, and  1993,  respectively. Protective  and/or  PLC  paid
commissions, interest, and service fees to these same corporations totaling $5.3
million, $4.9 million, and $6.1 million, in 1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively.
    
 
   
    For a discussion of indebtedness to related parties, see Note E.
    
 
   
NOTE K -- BUSINESS SEGMENTS
    
   
    Protective  operates  predominantly  in  the life  and  accident  and health
insurance industry. The following table sets forth total revenues, income before
income tax,  and  identifiable assets  of  Protective's business  segments.  The
primary  components of  revenues are  premiums and  policy fees,  net investment
income, and realized investment gains and  losses. Premiums and policy fees  are
attributed directly to each business segment. Net investment income is allocated
based  on  directly  related assets  required  for transacting  that  segment of
business.
    
 
   
    Realized investment  gains  (losses)  and  expenses  are  allocated  to  the
segments  in a manner  which most appropriately reflects  the operations of that
segment. Unallocated realized  investment gains  (losses) are deemed  not to  be
associated with any specific segment.
    
 
   
    Assets  are  allocated  based  on  policy  liabilities  and  deferred policy
acquisition costs directly attributable to each segment.
    
 
   
    There are no significant intersegment transactions.
    
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
NOTE K -- BUSINESS SEGMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1995          1994          1993
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>           <C>
TOTAL REVENUES
Acquisitions..................................................  $    193,544  $    170,659  $    123,855
Financial Institutions........................................        33,152       107,194        96,443
Group.........................................................       159,263       148,313       143,423
Guaranteed Investment Contracts...............................       199,468       183,591       167,233
Individual Life...............................................       139,424       122,248       111,497
Investment Products...........................................       104,984        79,773        69,550
Corporate and Other...........................................         3,059        12,936         1,521
Unallocated Realized Investment Gains (Losses)................           921         5,266         1,876
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                $    833,815  $    829,980  $    715,398
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
Acquisitions..................................................          23.2%         20.6%         17.3%
Financial Institutions........................................           4.0          12.9          13.5
Group.........................................................          19.1          17.9          20.0
Guaranteed Investment Contracts...............................          23.9          22.1          23.4
Individual Life...............................................          16.7          14.7          15.6
Investment Products...........................................          12.6           9.6           9.7
Corporate and Other...........................................           0.4           1.6           0.2
Unallocated Realized Investment Gains (Losses)................           0.1           0.6           0.3
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                       100.0%        100.0%        100.0%
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
NOTE K -- BUSINESS SEGMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1995          1994          1993
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>           <C>
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX
Acquisitions..................................................  $     52,136  $     39,176  $     29,845
Financial Institutions........................................         8,212         8,176         7,220
Group.........................................................        10,502        11,169        10,435
Guaranteed Investment Contracts...............................        30,555        33,197        27,218
Individual Life...............................................        17,713        17,223        20,324
Investment Products...........................................        11,951           107         3,402
Corporate and Other...........................................       (14,257)       (8,736)      (14,208)
Unallocated Realized Investment Gains (Losses)................           921         5,266         1,876
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                $    117,733  $    105,578  $     86,112
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
Acquisitions..................................................          44.3%         37.1%         34.6%
Financial Institutions........................................           7.0           7.7           8.4
Group.........................................................           8.9          10.6          12.1
Guaranteed Investment Contracts...............................          26.0          31.5          31.6
Individual Life...............................................          15.0          16.3          23.6
Investment Products...........................................          10.1           0.1           4.0
Corporate and Other...........................................         (12.1)         (8.3)        (16.5)
Unallocated Realized Investment Gains (Losses)................           0.8           5.0           2.2
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                       100.0%        100.0%        100.0%
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
NOTE K -- BUSINESS SEGMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1995          1994          1993
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>           <C>
IDENTIFIABLE ASSETS
Acquisitions..................................................  $  1,255,542  $  1,204,883  $  1,076,182
Financial Institutions........................................       265,132       211,652       189,943
Group.........................................................       240,222       215,904       208,790
Guaranteed Investment Contracts...............................     2,536,939     2,211,079     2,041,463
Individual Life...............................................       887,927       752,168       641,992
Investment Products...........................................     1,578,789     1,284,186       876,691
Corporate and Other...........................................       414,142       230,832       272,788
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                $  7,178,693  $  6,110,704  $  5,307,849
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
Acquisitions..................................................          17.5%         19.7%         20.3%
Financial Institutions........................................           3.7           3.5           3.6
Group.........................................................           3.3           3.5           3.9
Guaranteed Investment Contracts...............................          35.3          36.2          38.5
Individual Life...............................................          12.4          12.3          12.1
Investment Products...........................................          22.0          21.0          16.5
Corporate and Other...........................................           5.8           3.8           5.1
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                       100.0%        100.0%        100.0%
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
NOTE L -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
    
   
    PLC has a  defined benefit pension  plan covering substantially  all of  its
employees.  The plan is  not separable by affiliates  participating in the plan.
However, approximately 80%  of the  participants in  the plan  are employees  of
Protective.  The  benefits are  based  on years  of  service and  the employee's
highest thirty-six consecutive months of  compensation. PLC's funding policy  is
to  contribute  amounts  to the  plan  sufficient  to meet  the  minimum funding
requirements of ERISA plus  such additional amounts as  PLC may determine to  be
appropriate  from time to  time. Contributions are intended  to provide not only
for benefits attributed to  service to date  but also for  those expected to  be
earned in the future.
    
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
NOTE L -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
    
   
    The  actuarial present value of benefit obligations and the funded status of
the plan taken as a whole at December 31 is as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1995       1994
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                 <C>        <C>
Accumulated benefit obligation, including vested benefits of $16,676 in 1995 and
 $11,992 in 1994..................................................................  $  17,415  $  12,348
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
Projected benefit obligation for service rendered to date.........................  $  24,877  $  20,302
Plan assets at fair value (group annuity contract with Protective)................     18,254     15,679
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
Plan assets less than the projected benefit obligation............................     (6,623)    (4,623)
Unrecognized net loss from past experience different from that assumed............      4,882      2,400
Unrecognized prior service cost...................................................        805        905
Unrecognized net transition asset.................................................        (84)      (101)
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
Net pension liability recognized in balance sheet.................................  $  (1,020) $  (1,419)
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Net pension  cost includes  the  following components  for the  years  ended
December 31:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1995       1994       1993
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
Service cost -- benefits earned during the year...............  $   1,540  $   1,433  $   1,191
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation.................      1,636      1,520      1,396
Actual return on plan assets..................................     (1,358)    (1,333)    (1,270)
Net amortization and deferral.................................        114        210        704
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
Net pension cost..............................................  $   1,932  $   1,830  $   2,021
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Protective's  share of the net pension  cost was $1.2 million, $1.2 million,
and $1.5 million, in 1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively.
    
 
   
    Assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations as of December 31 were
as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1995         1994         1993
                                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>          <C>
Weighted average discount rate...................................       7.25%        8.00%        7.50%
Rates of increase in compensation level..........................       5.25%        6.00%        5.50%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets......................       8.50%        8.50%        8.50%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Assets of the pension plan are included in the general assets of Protective.
Upon retirement, the amount of pension plan assets vested in the retiree is used
to purchase a  single premium  annuity from  Protective in  the retiree's  name.
Therefore,  amounts presented  above as plan  assets exclude  assets relating to
retirees.
    
 
   
    PLC also sponsors an unfunded Excess Benefits Plan, which is a  nonqualified
plan  that  provides defined  pension benefits  in excess  of limits  imposed by
federal income tax law. At December  31, 1995, the projected benefit  obligation
of this plan totaled $5.7 million.
    
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
NOTE L -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
    
   
    In addition to pension benefits, PLC provides limited healthcare benefits to
eligible  retired employees until age 65. The postretirement benefit is provided
by an  unfunded plan.  At December  31, 1995,  the liability  for such  benefits
totaled  $1.5 million.  The expense  recorded by PLC  was $0.2  million in 1995,
1994, and 1993. PLC's obligation  is not materially affected  by a 1% change  in
the healthcare cost trend assumptions used in the calculation of the obligation.
    
 
   
    Life  insurance benefits for  retirees are provided  through the purchase of
life  insurance  policies  upon  retirement  equal  to  the  employees'   annual
compensation.  This plan is partially funded at a maximum of $50,000 face amount
of insurance.
    
 
   
    PLC sponsors  a defined  contribution plan  which covers  substantially  all
employees.  Employee contributions are made on a before-tax basis as provided by
Section 401(k)  of  the Internal  Revenue  Code.  In 1990,  PLC  established  an
Employee  Stock Ownership Plan  to match employee  contributions to PLC's 401(k)
Plan. In 1994, a stock bonus was added to the 401(k) Plan for employees who  are
not  otherwise under a bonus  plan. Expense related to  the ESOP consists of the
cost of  the  shares allocated  to  participating employees  plus  the  interest
expense  on the ESOP's note payable to  Protective less dividends on shares held
by the  ESOP. At  December  31, 1995,  PLC had  committed  70,088 shares  to  be
released  to  fund  employee benefits.  The  expense  recorded by  PLC  for this
employee benefit was $0.7 million, $0.6 million and $0.2 million in 1995,  1994,
and 1993, respectively.
    
 
   
NOTE M -- REINSURANCE
    
   
    Protective  assumes risks from and reinsures certain parts of its risks with
other  insurers  under   yearly  renewable  term,   coinsurance,  and   modified
coinsurance  agreements. Yearly  renewable term  and coinsurance  agreements are
accounted for by passing a portion of the risk to the reinsurer. Generally,  the
reinsurer  receives a proportionate part of the premiums less commissions and is
liable for a corresponding part of all benefit payments. Modified coinsurance is
accounted for  similarly to  coinsurance except  that the  liability for  future
policy  benefits is held by the original  company, and settlements are made on a
net basis between the companies. While the amount retained on an individual life
will vary  based upon  age  and mortality  prospects  of the  risk,  Protective,
generally,  will not  carry more  than $500,000  individual life  insurance on a
single risk.
    
 
   
    Protective has reinsured approximately $17.5 billion, $8.6 billion, and $7.5
billion, in face amount of life insurance risks with other insurers representing
$116.1 million, $46.0  million, and $37.9  million of premium  income for  1995,
1994,  and 1993, respectively. Protective has also reinsured accident and health
risks representing $217.1 million, $126.5 million and $88.9 million, of  premium
income  for 1995,  1994, and  1993, respectively. In  1995 and  1994, policy and
claim reserves relating to insurance ceded of $232.3 million and $120.0  million
respectively  are  included  in  reinsurance  receivables.  Should  any  of  the
reinsurers be unable to meet its obligation at the time of the claim, obligation
to pay such claim would remain with  Protective. At December 31, 1995 and  1994,
Protective  had  paid  $4.1 million  and  $5.4 million,  respectively,  of ceded
benefits which are recoverable from reinsurers.
    
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
   
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
NOTE M -- REINSURANCE (CONTINUED)
    
   
    During 1995 the Company entered into a reinsurance agreement whereby all  of
the  Company's  new  credit insurance  sales  are  being ceded  to  a reinsurer.
Included in the  preceding paragraph  are credit  life and  credit accident  and
health  insurance premiums of $68.2 million  and $57.6 million respectively, and
reserves totaling $100.8 million which were ceded during 1995.
    
 
   
NOTE N -- ESTIMATED MARKET VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
    
   
    The carrying amount  and estimated market  values of Protective's  financial
instruments at December 31 are as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1995                        1994
                                                           --------------------------  --------------------------
                                                                          ESTIMATED                   ESTIMATED
                                                             CARRYING       MARKET       CARRYING       MARKET
                                                              AMOUNT        VALUES        AMOUNT        VALUES
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Assets (see Notes A and C):
Investments:
  Fixed maturities.......................................  $  3,891,932  $  3,891,932  $  3,493,646  $  3,493,646
  Equity securities......................................        38,711        38,711        45,005        45,005
  Mortgage loans on real estate..........................     1,835,057     2,001,100     1,488,495     1,535,300
  Short-term investments.................................        46,891        46,891        54,683        54,683
Cash.....................................................         6,198         6,198
Other (see Note A):
Futures contracts........................................                        (633)                       (416)
Interest rate swaps......................................                       1,299                      (8,952)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
   
              SCHEDULE III -- SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION
               PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
              COL. A                   COL. B        COL. C     COL. D       COL. E        COL. F
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            GIC AND
                                                     FUTURE                 ANNUITY
                                      DEFERRED       POLICY                 DEPOSITS      PREMIUMS
                                       POLICY       BENEFITS               AND OTHER        AND
                                     ACQUISITION      AND      UNEARNED  POLICYHOLDERS'    POLICY
              SEGMENT                   COSTS        CLAIMS    PREMIUMS      FUNDS          FEES
- -----------------------------------  -----------   ----------  --------  --------------   --------
<S>                                  <C>           <C>         <C>       <C>              <C>
Year Ended
 December 31, 1995:
  Acquisitions.....................   $123,889     $  851,994  $   590     $  250,550     $98,501
  Financial Institutions...........     36,283         84,162  189,973          1,495      23,875
  Group............................     24,974        123,279    2,806         85,925     142,483
  Guaranteed Investment
   Contracts.......................        993         68,704        0      2,451,693           0
  Individual Life..................    186,496        672,569      336         14,709      99,018
  Investment Products..............     37,534        127,104        0      1,061,507       4,566
  Corporate and Other..............         14            342       62            263       1,445
  Unallocated Realized Investment
   Gains (Losses)..................          0              0        0              0           0
                                     -----------   ----------  --------  --------------   --------
    TOTAL..........................   $410,183     $1,928,154  $193,767    $3,866,142     $369,888
                                     -----------   ----------  --------  --------------   --------
                                     -----------   ----------  --------  --------------   --------
Year Ended
 December 31, 1994:
  Acquisitions.....................   $110,203     $  856,889  $   381     $  266,828     $86,376
  Financial Institutions...........     68,060         43,198   99,798          2,758      98,027
  Group............................     22,685        116,324    2,905         84,689     131,096
  Guaranteed Investment
   Contracts.......................        996              0        0      2,281,674           0
  Individual Life..................    162,186        571,070      320         13,713      84,925
  Investment Products..............     70,053        102,705        0      1,027,527       1,635
  Corporate and Other..............         17          4,109       75            263         713
  Unallocated Realized Investment
   Gains (Losses)..................          0              0        0              0           0
                                     -----------   ----------  --------  --------------   --------
    TOTAL..........................   $434,200     $1,694,295  $103,479    $3,677,452     $402,772
                                     -----------   ----------  --------  --------------   --------
                                     -----------   ----------  --------  --------------   --------
Year Ended
 December 31, 1993:
  Acquisitions.....................   $ 69,942     $  705,487  $   501     $  259,513     $58,562
  Financial Institutions...........     59,163         39,508   85,042          2,913      87,355
  Group............................     20,520         99,412    2,786         83,522     126,027
  Guaranteed Investment
   Contracts.......................      1,464              0        0      2,015,075           0
  Individual Life..................    129,265        483,604      368         11,762      77,338
  Investment Products..............     18,934         52,516        0        789,668         856
  Corporate and Other..............         19            318       88            339       1,285
  Unallocated Realized Investment
   Gains (Losses)..................          0              0        0              0           0
                                     -----------   ----------  --------  --------------   --------
    TOTAL..........................   $299,307     $1,380,845  $88,785     $3,162,792     $351,423
                                     -----------   ----------  --------  --------------   --------
                                     -----------   ----------  --------  --------------   --------
 
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------------
 
              COL. A                   COL. G                     COL. H        COL. I        COL. J
- -----------------------------------
                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             AMORTIZATION
                                                   REALIZED      BENEFITS    OF DEFERRED       OTHER
                                        NET       INVESTMENT       AND          POLICY       OPERATING
                                     INVESTMENT      GAINS      SETTLEMENT   ACQUISITION     EXPENSES
              SEGMENT                INCOME (1)    (LOSSES)      EXPENSES       COSTS           (1)
- -----------------------------------  ----------   -----------   ----------   ------------   -----------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>
Year Ended
 December 31, 1995:
  Acquisitions.....................   $ 95,018     $      0      $100,016      $20,601        $ 20,791
  Financial Institutions...........      9,276            0       (19,574)      28,609          15,905
  Group............................     14,329            0       109,447        3,052          36,262
  Guaranteed Investment
   Contracts.......................    203,376       (3,908)      165,963          386           2,564
  Individual Life..................     40,237            0        80,067       20,403          21,241
  Investment Products..............     95,661        4,938        72,111       11,446           9,476
  Corporate and Other..............        536            0         1,476            3          15,837
  Unallocated Realized Investment
   Gains (Losses)..................          0          921             0            0               0
                                     ----------   -----------   ----------   ------------   -----------
    TOTAL..........................   $458,433     $  1,951      $509,506      $84,500        $122,076
                                     ----------   -----------   ----------   ------------   -----------
                                     ----------   -----------   ----------   ------------   -----------
Year Ended
 December 31, 1994:
  Acquisitions.....................   $ 83,750     $    532      $ 97,649      $14,460        $ 19,374
  Financial Institutions...........      9,164                     46,360       36,592          16,065
  Group............................     14,381                     98,930        2,724          35,490
  Guaranteed Investment
   Contracts.......................    180,591        3,000       147,383          892           2,119
  Individual Life..................     37,319                     67,451       18,771          18,803
  Investment Products..............     80,759       (2,500)       58,424       14,647           6,595
  Corporate and Other..............      2,969                        913            3          20,757
  Unallocated Realized Investment
   Gains (Losses)..................          0        5,266             0            0               0
                                     ----------   -----------   ----------   ------------   -----------
    TOTAL..........................   $408,933     $  6,298      $517,110      $88,089        $119,203
                                     ----------   -----------   ----------   ------------   -----------
                                     ----------   -----------   ----------   ------------   -----------
Year Ended
 December 31, 1993:
  Acquisitions.....................   $ 65,290                   $ 73,463      $ 7,831        $ 12,715
  Financial Institutions...........      8,921                     42,840       31,202          15,181
  Group............................     14,522                    101,266        2,272          29,450
  Guaranteed Investment
   Contracts.......................    166,058     $  1,175       137,380        1,170           1,466
  Individual Life..................     34,153                     55,972       18,069          17,133
  Investment Products..............     66,691        2,003        49,569       12,788           3,790
  Corporate and Other..............     (1,470)                     1,146            3          14,580
  Unallocated Realized Investment
   Gains (Losses)..................          0        1,876             0            0               0
                                     ----------   -----------   ----------   ------------   -----------
    TOTAL..........................   $354,165     $  5,054      $461,636      $73,335        $ 94,315
                                     ----------   -----------   ----------   ------------   -----------
                                     ----------   -----------   ----------   ------------   -----------
<FN>
- ------------------------------
(1)  Allocations of Net Investment Income and Other Operating Expenses are based
     on  a  number of  assumptions  and estimates  and  results would  change if
     different methods were applied.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      S-1
<PAGE>
   
                           SCHEDULE IV -- REINSURANCE
               PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 COL. A                      COL. B         COL. C         COL. D         COL. E         COL. F
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                       PERCENTAGE
                                                           CEDED TO        ASSUMED                      OF AMOUNT
                                              GROSS          OTHER       FROM OTHER         NET          ASSUMED
                                             AMOUNT        COMPANIES      COMPANIES       AMOUNT         TO NET
                                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                       <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Year Ended December 31, 1995:
  Life insurance in force...............  $  50,346,719  $  17,524,366  $  11,537,144  $  44,359,497        26.0%
                                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------         ---
                                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------         ---
  Premiums and policy fees:
    Life insurance......................  $     287,526  $     116,091  $      66,565  $     238,000        28.0%
    Accident/health insurance...........        335,387        217,082         13,583        131,888        10.3%
                                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
      TOTAL.............................  $     622,913  $     333,173  $      80,148  $     369,888
                                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Year Ended December 31, 1994:
  Life insurance in force...............  $  40,909,454  $   8,639,272  $   8,968,166  $  41,238,348        21.7%
                                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------         ---
                                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------         ---
  Premiums and policy fees:
    Life insurance......................  $     256,840  $      46,029  $      31,032  $     241,843        12.8%
    Accident/health insurance...........        283,883        126,545          3,591        160,929         2.2%
                                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
      TOTAL.............................  $     540,723  $     172,574  $      34,623  $     402,772
                                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Year Ended December 31, 1993:
  Life insurance in force...............  $  40,149,017  $   7,484,566  $   2,301,577  $  34,966,028         6.6%
                                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------         ---
                                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------         ---
  Premiums and policy fees:
    Life insurance......................  $     230,706  $      37,995  $       8,329  $     201,040         4.1%
    Accident/health insurance...........        254,672         88,917          3,963        169,718         2.3%
                                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
      TOTAL.............................  $     485,378  $     126,912  $      12,292  $     370,758
                                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      S-2
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.*
 
    The  expenses of the issuance and  distribution of the Contracts, other than
any underwriting discounts and commissions, are as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fees..................  $68,965.52
Printing and engraving................................................         0
Accounting fees and expenses..........................................         0
Legal fees and expenses...............................................         0
Miscellaneous.........................................................         0
                                                                        --------
      TOTAL EXPENSES..................................................  $68,965.52
                                                                        --------
                                                                        --------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
*Estimated.
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
    Section 6.5  of  Article VI  of  the  Certificate of  Incorporation  of  PLC
provides,  in substance,  that any of  PLC's directors and  officers and certain
directors and officers of Protective, who is a party or is threatened to be made
a party to any  action, suit or proceeding,  other than an action  by or in  the
right  of PLC, by reason of  the fact that he is  or was an officer or director,
shall be  indemnified  by  PLC against  expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best  interests of PLC and,  with respect to any  criminal action or proceeding,
had no reasonable cause to  believe his conduct was  unlawful. If the action  or
suit  is or was by  or in the right  of PLC to procure  a judgment in its favor,
such person shall be indemnified  by PLC against expenses (including  attorneys'
fees)  actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or
settlement of such action or suit, except that no indemnification shall be  made
in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been
adjudged  to be liable  for negligence or  misconduct in the  performance of his
duty to PLC unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or
suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication
of liability but in view of all circumstances of the case, such person is fairly
and reasonably entitled to  indemnity for such expenses  which such court  shall
deem  proper. To the extent that any  officer or director has been successful on
the merits or otherwise in defense of any such action, suit or proceeding, or in
defense of any issue or matter therein,  he shall be indemnified by PLC  against
expenses  (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection therewith without  the necessity  of any  action being  taken by  PLC
other  than  the  determination,  in  good faith,  that  such  defense  has been
successful. In all other cases, unless ordered by a court, indemnification shall
be made by PLC only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that
indemnification of  the  officer or  director  is proper  in  the  circumstances
because  he has met the applicable standard of conduct. Such determination shall
be made (a) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum  consisting
of  directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (b) if
such  a  quorum  is  not  obtainable,  or,  even  if  obtainable  a  quorum   of
disinterested  directors so directs,  by independent legal  counsel in a written
opinion or (c) by the  holders of a majority of  the shares of capital stock  of
PLC  entitled  to vote  thereon. By  means  of a  by-law, Protective  offers its
directors and certain executive officers similar indemnification.
 
    In addition,  the executive  officers  and directors  are insured  by  PLC's
Directors'   and   Officers'  Liability   Insurance  Policy   including  Company
Reimbursement  and  are  indemnified  by  a  written  contract  with  PLC  which
supplements such coverage.
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
    Not applicable.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
   NUMBER                                               DESCRIPTION                                      METHOD OF FILING
- ------------          --------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------------
<C>   <C>       <C>   <S>                                                                                <C>
    *  1(a)     --    Underwriting Atreement
       1(b)     --    Form of Distribution Agreement
*****  2        --    Stock Purchase Agreement
    *  3(a)     --    Articles of Incorporation
    *  3(b)     --    By-laws
   **  4(a)     --    Group Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract
  ***  4(b)     --    Individual Certificate
   **  4(h)     --    Tax-Sheltered Annuity Endorsement
   **  4(i)     --    Qualified Retirement Plan Endorsement
   **  4(j)     --    Individual Retirement Annuity Endorsement
   **  4(l)     --    Section 457 Deferred Compensation Plan Endorsement
    *  4(m)     --    Qualified Plan Endorsement
   **  4(n)     --    Application for Individual Certificate
   **  4(o)     --    Adoption Agreement for Participation in Group Modified Guaranteed Annuity
  ***  4(p)     --    Individual Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract
   **  4(q)     --    Application for Individual Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract
   **  4(r)     --    Tax-Sheltered Annuity Endorsement
   **  4(s)     --    Individual Retirement Annuity Endorsement
   **  4(t)     --    Section 457 Deferred Compensation Plan Endorsement
   **  4(v)     --    Qualified Retirement Plan Endorsement
*****  4(w)     --    Endorsement -- Group Policy
*****  4(x)     --    Endorsement -- Certificate
*****  4(y)     --    Endorsement -- Individual Contract
*****  4(z)     --    Endorsement (Annuity Deposits) -- Group Policy
*****  4(aa)    --    Endorsement (Annuity Deposits) -- Certificate
*****  4(bb)    --    Endorsement (Annuity Deposits) -- Individual Contract
   **  4(cc)    --    Endorsement -- Individual
   **  4(dd)    --    Endorsement -- Group Contract/Certificate
       4(ee)    --    Endorsement (96) -- Individual
       4(ff)    --    Endorsement (96) -- Group Contract
       4(gg)    --    Endorsement (96) -- Group Certificate
       4(hh)    --    Individual Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract (96)
    *  5        --    Opinion re legality
    * 10(a)     --    Bond Purchase Agreement
    * 10(b)     --    Escrow Agreement
      24(a)     --    Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
      24(b)     --    Consent of Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan
 **** 25        --    Power of Attorney
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
    *Previously  filed  or incorporated  by reference  in Form  S-1 Registration
     Statement, Registration No. 33-31940.
 
   **Previously filed or incorporated  by reference in Amendment  No. 1 to  Form
     S-1 Registration Statement, Registration No. 33-31940.
 
  ***Previously  filed or incorporated by reference from Amendment No. 2 to Form
     S-1 Registration Statement, Registration No. 33-31940.
 
 ****Previously filed or  incorporated by reference  from Form S-1  Registration
     Statement, Registration No. 33-57052.
 
*****Previously  filed or incorporated by reference from Amendment No. 2 to Form
     S-1 Registration Statement, Registration No. 33-57052.
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 FINANCIAL
 STATEMENTS
 SCHEDULES                            FILED WITH THIS AMENDMENT
- ------------         -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>            <C>   <C>
Schedule III   --    Supplementary Insurance Information
Schedule IV    --    Reinsurance
</TABLE>
    
 
    Schedules other  than  those referred  to  above  are not  required  or  are
inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    (A)  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
        (1)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
    a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
           (i) To include  any prospectus  required by section  10(a)(3) of  the
       Securities Act of 1933;
 
           (ii)  To reflect in the prospectus  any facts or events arising after
       the effective  date of  the registration  statement (or  the most  recent
       post-effective   amendment  thereof)   which,  individually   or  in  the
       aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in
       the registration statement;
 
          (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan  of
       distribution  not previously  disclosed in the  registration statement or
       any material change  to such information  in the registration  statement,
       including  (but not  limited to) any  addition or deletion  of a managing
       underwriter;
 
        (2) That,  for  the  purpose  of determining  any  liability  under  the
    Securities  Act of 1933, each such  post-effective amendment shall be deemed
    to be  a  new registration  statement  relating to  the  securities  offered
    therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to
    be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
        (3)  To remove from registration by  means of a post-effective amendment
    any  of  the  securities  being  registered  which  remain  unsold  at   the
    termination of the offering.
 
    (B)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act  of 1933 may be permitted to  directors, officers and controlling persons of
the  registrant  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  provisions,  or  otherwise,   the
registrant  has been advised that in the  opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for  indemnification
against  such liabilities (other than the  payment by the registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officers or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities  being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has  been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification by it is against  public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused  this Registration Statement  on Form  S-1 to be  signed on  its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Birmingham,
State of Alabama on April 4, 1996.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>   <C>
                                PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
                                By:            /s/ DRAYTON NABERS, JR.
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                                 Drayton Nabers, Jr.
                                                      President
</TABLE>
    
 
   
Pursuant  to the  requirements of the  Securities Act of  1933, the Registration
Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities
and on the dates indicated:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    SIGNATURE                                           TITLE                             DATE
- --------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------  ----------------
<S>        <C>                                      <C>                                             <C>
(i)        Principal Executive Officer
                   /s/ DRAYTON NABERS, JR.          President                                          April 4, 1996
               -------------------------------
                     Drayton Nabers, Jr.
(ii)       Principal Financial Officer
                      /s/ JOHN D. JOHNS             Executive Vice President                           April 4, 1996
               -------------------------------        and Chief Financial Officer
                        John D. Johns
(iii)      Principal Accounting Officer
                     /s/ JERRY W. DEFOOR            Vice President and Controller,                     April 4, 1996
               -------------------------------        and Chief Accounting Officer
                       Jerry W. DeFoor
(iv)       Board of Directors:
                   /s/ DRAYTON NABERS, JR.          Director                                           April 4, 1996
               -------------------------------
                     Drayton Nabers, Jr.
                      /s/ JOHN D. JOHNS             Director                                           April 4, 1996
               -------------------------------
                        John D. Johns
                              *                     Director                                           April 4, 1996
               -------------------------------
                      Ormond L. Bentley
                              *                     Director                                           April 4, 1996
               -------------------------------
                      R. Stephen Briggs
                              *                     Director                                           April 4, 1996
               -------------------------------
                      Jim E. Massengale
                              *                     Director                                           April 4, 1996
               -------------------------------
                      Wayne E. Stuenkel
                              *                     Director                                           April 4, 1996
               -------------------------------
                     A. S. Williams III
                              *                     Director                                           April 4, 1996
               -------------------------------
                       Deborah J. Long
                              *                     Director                                           April 4, 1996
               -------------------------------
                        Carolyn King
 
*By:               /s/ LIZABETH R. NICHOLS                                                             April 4, 1996
               -------------------------------
                     Lizabeth R. Nichols
                      ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            PAGE IN SEQUENTIAL
                                                                                                             NUMBERING SYSTEM
    NUMBER                                                 DESCRIPTION                                     WHERE EXHIBIT LOCATED
- --------------             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------
<C>             <C>        <S>                                                                          <C>
        1(a)       --      Underwriting Agreement                                                                        *
        1(b)       --      Form of Distribution Agreement
        2          --      Stock Purchase Agreement
        3(a)       --      Articles of Incorporation                                                                     *
        3(b)       --      By-laws                                                                                       *
        4(a)       --      Group Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract                                                   **
        4(b)       --      Individual Certificate                                                                      ***
        4(h)       --      Tax-Sheltered Annuity Endorsement                                                            **
        4(i)       --      Qualified Retirement Plan Endorsement                                                        **
        4(j)       --      Individual Retirement Annuity Endorsement                                                    **
        4(l)       --      Section 457 Deferred Compensation Plan Endorsement                                           **
        4(m)       --      Qualified Plan Endorsement                                                                    *
        4(n)       --      Application for Individual Certificate                                                       **
        4(o)       --      Adoption Agreement for Participation in Group Modified Guaranteed Annuity                    **
        4(p)       --      Individual Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract                                             ***
        4(q)       --      Application for Individual Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract                              **
        4(r)       --      Tax-Sheltered Annuity Endorsement                                                            **
        4(s)       --      Individual Retirement Annuity Endorsement                                                    **
        4(t)       --      Section 457 Deferred Compensation Plan Endorsement                                           **
        4(v)       --      Qualified Retirement Plan Endorsement                                                        **
        4(w)       --      Endorsement -- Group Policy                                                               *****
        4(x)       --      Endorsement -- Certificate                                                                *****
        4(y)       --      Endorsement -- Individual Contract                                                        *****
        4(z)       --      Endorsement (Annuity Deposits) -- Group Policy                                            *****
        4(aa)      --      Endorsement (Annuity Deposits) -- Certificate                                             *****
        4(bb)      --      Endorsement (Annuity Deposits) -- Individual Contract                                     *****
        4(cc)      --      Endorsement -- Individual                                                                    **
        4(dd)      --      Endorsement -- Group Contract/Certificate                                                    **
        4(ee)      --      Endorsement (96) -- Individual
        4(ff)      --      Endorsement (96) -- Group Contract
        4(gg)      --      Endorsement (96) -- Group Certificate
        4(hh)      --      Individual Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract (96)
        5          --      Opinion re legality                                                                           *
       10(a)       --      Bond Purchase Agreement                                                                       *
       10(b)       --      Escrow Agreement                                                                              *
       24(a)       --      Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
       24(b)       --      Consent of Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan
       25          --      Power of Attorney                                                                          ****
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
    *Previously  filed  or incorporated  by reference  in Form  S-1 Registration
     Statement, Registration No. 33-31940.
 
   **Previously filed or incorporated  by reference in Amendment  No. 1 to  Form
     S-1 Registration Statement, Registration No. 33-31940.
 
  ***Previously  filed or incorporated by reference from Amendment No. 2 to Form
     S-1 Registration Statement, Registration No. 33-31940.
 
 ****Previously filed or  incorporated by reference  from Form S-1  Registration
     Statement, Registration No. 33-57052.
 
*****Previously  filed or incorporated by reference from Amendment No. 2 to Form
     S-1 Registration Statement, Registration No. 33-57052.


<PAGE>

                               EXHIBIT 1

                        DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
   
    THIS DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is hereby entered into on this 
___ day of _____________, 19__, between INVESTMENT DISTRIBUTORS, INC. 
("IDI"), a Broker-Dealer organized and existing under the laws of the State 
of Tennessee and _____________________________ ("Broker-Dealer"), organized 
and existing under the laws of the State of __________________________.
    
                              WITNESSETH:
     WHEREAS, IDI is registered as a broker-dealer under the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is a member of the National Association 
of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").

    WHEREAS, PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY ("PROTECTIVE") has appointed 
IDI as the principal underwriter of certain modified guaranteed annuity 
contracts ("Contracts") to be issued by PROTECTIVE.

    WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire that Broker-Dealer and its registered 
representatives who are duly licensed and qualified under applicable 
securities and insurance laws, rules and regulations be authorized to offer 
and sell the Contracts to the general public subject to the terms and 
conditions contained in this Distribution Agreement.

    NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual 
covenants, conditions and terms set forth in this Distribution Agreement, the 
parties hereby agree as follows:

                               ARTICLE I
                              APPOINTMENT
                              -----------

    1.  IDI, as principal underwriter, hereby appoints Broker-Dealer to 
distribute the Contracts.

    2.  Broker-Dealer is an independent contractor and nothing in this or any 
other agreement between the parties shall be construed to create the 
relationship of employee and employer between Broker-Dealer, IDI and 
Protective. As an independent contractor it is contemplated that you may 
represent other insurance companies.


                                   1


<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE II
                                  LICENSING
                                  ---------

    1.  Broker-Dealer will at all times be duly registered as a Broker-Dealer 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and in each state or other 
jurisdiction in which Broker-Dealer acts hereunder in connection with sales 
of the Contracts or the supervision of registered representatives who perform 
such activities on behalf of Broker-Dealer.

   
    2.  Broker-Dealer will be fully responsible for ensuring that none of its 
registered representatives shall offer or sell the Contracts until such 
individuals are associated, licensed, and duly registered with the NASD and 
any applicable state securities and insurance authorities.
    
   
    3.  Broker-Dealer will assist IDI and PROTECTIVE in the appointment of 
registered representatives under the applicable insurance laws to sell the 
Contracts. IDI and PROTECTIVE, in its or their sole discretion, may refuse to 
appoint or terminate the appointment of any registered representative.
    
                                    ARTICLE III
                                    COMPLIANCE
                                    ----------

    1.  Broker-Dealer shall fully comply with the requirements of the NASD, 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Securities Act of 1933, and the 
Investment Company Act of 1940 and all other applicable federal or state laws 
governing the activities of Broker-Dealer regarding the Contracts.

    2.  Broker-Dealer will establish such rules and procedures as required to 
ensure diligent supervision of the securities activities of registered 
representatives in regards to the Contracts.

    3.  In the event a registered representative of Broker-Dealer fails to 
observe the standards and rules imposed by Broker-Dealer and IDI regarding 
the sales of the Contracts, Broker-Dealer shall notify IDI immediately that 
such registered representative is no longer authorized to sell the Contracts. 
Broker-Dealer shall take whatever action is necessary to terminate the sales 
activities of registered representative regarding the Contracts.

    4.  Broker-Dealer shall have full responsibility for the training and 
supervision of all registered representatives associated with Broker-Dealer 
who are engaged directly or indirectly in the offer or sale of the Contracts 
and shall supervise all registered representatives' compliance with 
applicable federal and state securities law and applicable state insurance 
laws and regulations and NASD requirements in connection with such 
solicitation activities. All such persons shall be subject to the control of 
Broker-Dealer with respect to such persons' securities-regulated activities 
in connection with the Contracts.

    5.  Broker-Dealer will cause its registered representatives to be trained 
in the sale of the Contracts and will cause such representatives to limit 
solicitation of applications for the Contracts to jurisdictions where IDI has 
authorized such solicitation.


                                     2


<PAGE>



                                ARTICLE IV
                    APPLICATIONS; ANNUITY DEPOSITS
                    ------------------------------

    1.  All applications for the Contracts shall be made on such forms as 
authorized by IDI.

    2.  Broker-Dealer shall be responsible for reviewing each application for 
completeness and suitability. All applications are subject to rejection and 
acceptance by PROTECTIVE, in its sole discretion.

    3.  All checks and/or payments for Annuity Deposits for the Contracts 
shall be made payable to PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY.

    4.  Broker-Dealer agrees that neither it nor its registered 
representatives:
    i)  Shall not solicit applications for the Contracts without delivering 
        to the applicant solicited a current prospectus.
   
   ii)  Shall recommend the purchase of a Contract only if reasonable grounds 
        exist that the Contract is suitable for the applicant in accordance 
        with, applicable federal and state laws, regulations and the rules of 
        the NASD. While not limited to the following; a determination of 
        suitability shall be based on a reasonable inquiry concerning the 
        applicant's insurance and investment objectives and financial situation
        and needs.
    
  iii)  Shall accept Annuity Deposits for the Contracts in the form of a 
        check or money order only if made payable to "Protective Life Insurance 
        Company" and signed by the applicant.

   iv)  Shall have no authority to endorse checks or money orders made 
        payable to PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY.

    v)  Shall have no authority to alter, modify, waive or change any of the 
        terms, rates, charges or conditions of the Contracts.

   vi)  Deliver Contracts except in accordance with Protective's instructions.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                 SALES MATERIALS
                                 ---------------

    IDI shall provide Broker-Dealer, without any expense to Broker-Dealer, 
prospectus and consumer brochures for use with the Contracts. No sales, 
promotional materials, advertisement, circular or document regarding the 
Contracts can be utilized by Broker-Dealer and/or its registered 
representatives unless approved in writing by IDI and/or PROTECTIVE.


                                      3


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VI
                                  COMPENSATION
                                  ------------
   
    1.  During the term of this Agreement, IDI agrees to pay compensation to 
Broker-Dealer as set forth in Schedule 1 to this Agreement. Schedule 1 may be 
amended or modified at any time, effective upon written notice to 
Broker-Dealer.
    
    2.  Broker-Dealer shall be solely responsible for the payment of any 
commission or consideration of any kind to its registered representatives.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                   TERMINATION
                                   -----------

    1.  This Agreement may be terminated by IDI or by Broker-Dealer, without 
cause, upon thirty days written notice by either party to the other party to 
the last known address of such other party.

    2.  This Agreement may be terminated "for cause" by IDI immediately upon 
written notice. IDI's determination of what constitutes termination "for 
cause" shall be conclusive between the parties hereto.

    3.  Termination of this Agreement shall automatically terminate any 
supplements, addenda or amendments made a part of this Agreement.

    4.  Upon termination of this Agreement, Broker-Dealer agrees to return to 
IDI all equipment and supplies regarding the Contracts in Broker-Dealers 
possession which are the property of IDI.

                                   ARTICLE VIII
                                GENERAL PROVISIONS
                                ------------------

    1.  NOTICES.  All notices or communications shall be sent to the address 
indicated herein.

    2.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with 
and governed by the laws of the State of Tennessee.

    3.  BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure 
to the benefit of the parties to it and their respective successors and 
assigns.

    4.  CONFIDENTIALITY.  Each party to this Agreement shall maintain the 
confidentiality of any proprietary information that it may acquire in the 
performance of this Agreement and shall not use such proprietary information 
without the prior written consent of the other parties.
   
    5.  COMPLAINTS AND INVESTIGATIONS.
        (a) Broker-Dealer and its registered representatives each shall 
            cooperate fully in any securities or insurance regulatory 
            investigation or proceeding or judicial proceeding arising in 
            connection with the Contracts marketed under this Agreement. 
            Broker-Dealer will be notified promptly of any customer complaint 
            or notice of any regulatory investigation or proceeding or 
            judicial proceeding received by IDI or Protective with respect to 
            Broker-Dealer, or any of its individual registered 
            representatives; and Broker-Dealer will promptly notify IDI and 
            Protective of any written customer complaint or notice of any 
            regulatory investigation or proceeding or judicial proceeding 
            received by Broker-Dealer or any of its individual registered 
            representatives with respect to themselves in connection with 
            this Agreement or any Contract.
    
   
        (b) In the case of a customer complaint, IDI, Protective and 
            Broker-Dealer will cooperate in investigating such complaint and 
            any response by Broker-Dealer or any of its registered 
            representatives to such complaint will be sent to IDI and 
            Protective for approval not less than five business days prior to 
            its being sent to the customer or regulatory authority, except 
            that if a more prompt response is required, the proposed response 
            shall be communicated by telephone or facsimile.
    

                                         4



<PAGE>

    5.  MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement supersedes all prior 
agreements, either oral or written, between the parties relating to the 
Contracts. This Agreement may not be modified unless by written agreement 
signed by all of the parties.
   
    6.  INDEMNIFICATION.  Broker-Dealer agrees to indemnify and hold IDI and 
Protective harmless from any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, 
joint or several (including any investigative, legal and other expenses 
reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amounts paid in settlement 
of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted), to which they or 
any of them may become subject under any statute or regulation, at common law 
or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise 
out of or are based upon:
    
   
      (i) violation(s) by Broker-Dealer or its registered representatives, of 
          federal or state securities law or regulation(s), insurance laws; 
          or regulation(s), or any rule or requirement of the NASD; 
    
   
     (ii) any unauthorized use of promotional, sales or advertising material, 
          any oral or written misrepresentations, or any unlawful sales 
          practices concerning the Contracts, by Broker-Dealer, or its 
          registered representatives;
    
   
    (iii) claims by registered representatives of Broker-Dealer for 
          commissions or other compensation or remuneration of any type; 
    
   
     (iv) any failure on the part of Broker-Dealer, or its registered 
          representatives to submit Annuity Deposits or applications to IDI 
          and/or Protective, or to submit the correct amount of an Annuity 
          Deposit, on a timely basis and in accordance with this Agreement 
          and Protective's written procedures, subject to applicable law;
    
   
      (v) any failure on the part of Broker-Dealer, or its registered 
          representatives to deliver Contracts to purchasers thereof in a 
          timely manner and in accordance with Protective's procedures; or 
    
   
     (vi) a breach by Broker-Dealer or its registered representatives of any 
          provision of this Agreement.
    
   
    (vii) Broker-Dealer's and/or registered representatives unauthorized acts 
          or transactions. 

          This indemnification will be in addition to any liability which 
          Broker-Dealer and its Registered Representatives may otherwise have.
    
   
    7.  ARBITRATION.  Except as otherwise specifically set forth below, all 
disputes, controversies or differences which arise under or are related to 
this Agreement, their employees, or registered representatives (including, 
without limitation, the construction, performance or breach of any Agreement) 
upon which an amicable understanding cannot be reached within 30 days shall, 
upon the written request of either party, be settled and determined by 
arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the 
American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award entered by the 
arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction of these matters.
    
   
Notwithstanding the foregoing, IDI and/or Protective shall have the option, 
but not the obligation, to submit to and pursue in a court of law any claim 
against the Broker-Dealer for any indebtedness due IDI and/or Protective 
under this Agreement. Broker-Dealer agrees that, if the IDI and/or Protective 
pursues such a claim in a court of law, (i) failure of IDI and/or Protective 
to assert any additional claim in such proceeding shall not be deemed a 
waiver of, or estoppel to pursue, such claim as a claim or counterclaim in 
arbitration as set forth above, and (ii) the institution or maintenance of a 
judicial action hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of IDI and/or 
Protective's right to submit any other claim or controversy relating to this 
agreement, even though arising out of the same transaction or occurrence, to 
binding arbitration as set forth herein. If the Broker-Dealer asserts a claim 
against the IDI and/or Protective in arbitration or otherwise during the 
pendency of a claim brought by the IDI and/or Protective in a court of law, 
the court action shall be stayed and the parties shall submit to arbitration 
all claims. The institution of judicial action or exercise of self-help 
remedies shall not constitute a waiver of the right of the IDI and/or 
Protective to submit the dispute to arbitration.
    
The parties agree to arbitrate within thirty (30) days following the 
transmittal of written demand of either party to arbitrate any dispute 
arbitrable under this Agreement. Each of the parties shall appoint an 
arbitrator within thirty (30) days following notice of written demand to 
arbitrate, notifying the other party of the name and address of such 
arbitrator. The two arbitrators so appointed shall thereupon select the third 
arbitrator. If either party shall fail to appoint an Arbitrator as herein 
provided, or should the two arbitrators so named fail, to select the third 
arbitrator within thirty (30) days of this appointment, then, in either 
event, the president of the American Arbitration Association or its successor 
shall appoint such second and/or third   Arbitrator. The three arbitrators so 
selected shall constitute the Court of Arbitrators.

A decision of a majority of the Court of Arbitrators shall be provided within 
twenty days of the applicable hearing and shall be final and binding. The 
Court of Arbitrators shall not be bound by legal rules of procedure and may 
receive evidence in such a way as to do justice between the parties. The 
Court of Arbitrators shall promptly enter an award which shall do justice 
between the parities and the award shall be supported by a written opinion.

The cost of arbitration, including the fees of the arbitrators, but not 
including attorneys' fees, shall be borne by the losing party unless said  
Court of Arbitrators shall decide otherwise.
   
Signed by the parties on the date incidated below.
    

   
                                         5
    

<PAGE>

   
                                                  INVESTMENT DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
    
                                                  By:___________________________

                                                  Title:________________________

                                                  Date:_________________________


                                                  BROKER-DEALER

                                                  By:___________________________

                                                  Title:________________________

                                                  Date:_________________________

                                                  
                                                  CRD No.:______________________

                                                  Address: _____________________
                                                           _____________________
                                                           _____________________

8874
   
                                         6
    



<PAGE>
   
                             EXHIBIT 4(EE)
                    PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                         2801 Highway 280 South
                        Birmingham, Alabama 35223
    

                              ENDORSEMENT

The Contract to which this Endorsement is attached is amended as of its 
Effective Date as follows:
   
1.  The definition entitled "ANNUITY DEPOSIT" is deleted in its entirety 
    and a new definition is inserted in lieu thereof to read as follows:
    
    ANNUITY DEPOSIT(S) - Annuity Deposits (less Premium Taxes, if applicable) 
    made and allocated to the Guaranteed Period(s) you select under this 
    Contract. Each Annuity Deposit and each allocation to a Guaranteed Period 
    must be at least [$10,000]. We reserve the right to limit the amount of your
    Annuity Deposits. Only one Contract will be issued regardless of the number 
    of Annuity Deposits you make.

2.  The definition entitled "BENEFICIARY" is deleted in its entirety and a 
    new definition is inserted in lieu thereof to read as follows:

    BENEFICIARY - The person entitled to receive the benefits under this 
    Contract, if any, upon the death of any Owner.

    PRIMARY - The person named to receive the death benefits upon 
    any Owner's death. Upon the death of any Owner, the surviving Owner, if any,
    will become the Primary Beneficiary.
    CONTINGENT - The person named to receive the death benefits if the Primary 
    Beneficiary is not living at the time of a Owner's death. If no Beneficiary 
    designation is in effect or if no Beneficiary is living at the time of a 
    Owner's death, the Estate of the deceased Owner will be the Beneficiary. 
    IRREVOCABLE - An irrevocable Beneficiary is one whose consent is needed to 
    change the Beneficiary designation, or to exercise certain other rights.

3.   A new sentence is inserted at the end of the definition entitled 
     "MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT" to read as follows: The Market Value Adjustment
     is explained on the Schedule.

4.   A new sentence is inserted at the end of the definition entitled 
     "SUB-ACCOUNT VALUE" to read as follows:

     The Sub-Account Value of each Sub-Account under this Contract must be at 
     least [$10,000] at all times.

5.   The last sentence in the definition entitled "SURRENDER CHARGE" is 
     deleted and a new sentence is inserted in lieu thereof to read as follows: 
     The Surrender Charge is explained on the Schedule.

6.   A new provision entitled "ANNUITANT" is added to the section entitled 
     "CONTROL PROVISIONS" to read as follows:

     ANNUITANT

     The Owner may change the Annuitant prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. 
     The request must be in Writing. Once it is received and acknowledged at our
     Home Office, any change will relate back to and take effect on the date the
     request was signed. The Annuitant is the "Payee" for the purposes of the 
     Annuity Table. 

7.   The second sentence of the provision entitled "BENEFICIARY" is deleted 
     and the following new sentence is inserted as the new second sentence to 
     read as follows: You may change the Beneficiary at anytime.

8.   The provisions entitled "DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT OR OWNER" and "DEATH 
     BENEFIT" are deleted in their entirety and new provisions are inserted in
     lieu thereof to read as follows:

     DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT OR OWNER

     If an Annuitant is not an Owner and dies prior to the Annuity Commencement
     Date, the Owner first named on the Application will become the new 
     Annuitant unless the Owner designates otherwise. If any Owner is not a 
     natural person, the death or change of the Annuitant will be treated as the
     death of a Owner. If any Owner dies while this Contract is in force prior 
     to the Annuity Commencement Date, a Death Benefit will be payable to the 
     Beneficiary.

     DEATH BENEFIT 
   

     The Death Benefit will be determined as of the date due proof of death 
     is received by the Company. If a claim for the Death Benefit is received 
     at our Home Office within [6] months of the date of death, the Death 
     Benefit will equal the greater of: (1) the Account Value, less 
     applicable Premium Taxes; or (2) the Net Account Value. If a claim is 
     received past [6] months after the date of death, the Death Benefit will 
     equal the Net Account Value. If any Owner of this Contract is not a 
     natural person, upon the change of the Annuitant, the Death Benefit will 
     equal the Net Account Value. Only one Death Benefit is payable under 
     this Contract, even though the Contract may continue beyond an Owner's 
     death.
    
   
     IPD-2078                                                            2/96 
    
                                      1


<PAGE>


     The Death Benefit may be taken in one sum immediately. In all events the 
     entire Death Benefit, including any interest accrued thereon, must be 
     distributed within five years of the date of death unless:
   
     (a)  it is payable over the life of the Beneficiary with distributions 
     beginning within one year of the date of death; or
     (b)  it is payable over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy 
     of the Beneficiary with distributions beginning within one year of the date
     of death; or 
     (c)  the deceased Owner's spouse is the Beneficiary and, in lieu of 
     receiving the Death Benefit, continues the Contract and becomes the new 
     Owner.
    
     If the deceased Owner's spouse continues the Contract and becomes the new 
     Owner, upon such spouses's death, a Death Benefit will become payable to 
     the new Beneficiary (determined at the time of the spouses's death). The 
     Death Benefit, including any interest accrued thereon must be distributed 
     within five years of the spouse's death. 

9.   The section entitled "ANNUITY DEPOSIT", including the provision 
     entitled "SUB-ACCOUNTS", is deleted in its entirety.

10.  The section entitled "INTEREST CREDITED AND GUARANTEED PERIODS" is 
     revised as follows:

     The third and fourth sentences in the first paragraph are deleted and a new
     sentence is inserted as the new third sentence to read as follows: You may 
     select from any Guaranteed Period offered by the Company under the Contract
     at the time the Annuity Deposit or transfer is made. 

     The second paragraph is deleted in its entirety and a new paragraph is 
     inserted in lieu thereof to read as follows:

     You may not transfer a Sub-Account Value to any other Sub-Account(s) prior 
     to the end of the existing Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period. At the end of 
     any Guaranteed Period a Subsequent Guaranteed Period will begin. Unless you
     elect a different duration from among those then offered by us within 
     twenty days prior to the end of the Guaranteed Period, your Sub-Account 
     Value will be automatically transferred to a Subsequent Guaranteed Period 
     of either (1) the same duration as your previous Guaranteed Period , if 
     then offered by us; or (2) the shortest duration then offered by us which 
     is closest to the same duration as your previous Guaranteed Period.

11.  A new sentence is added to the end of the section entitled "PREMIUM 
     TAXES" to read as follows:

     Premium Taxes may also be deducted from the Death Benefit.

12.  The section entitled "SURRENDERS TERMINATION" is revised as follows:

     The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to state each 
     remaining Sub-Account Value must be at least [$10,000] after any partial 
     surrender request.

     The second and fourth paragraphs, and the provision entitled "WAIVER OF 
     SURRENDER CHARGES" are deleted in their entirety and a new third paragraph
     is inserted to read as follows:

     The Surrender Value will be calculated by the Company using the following 
     formula:

                          (A-S-M-P), WHERE:
   
     A = the amount of the full or partial surrender;
     S = the amount of Surrender Charge;
     M = the amount of the Market Value Adjustment;
     P = the amount of unpaid Premium Taxes, if any.
    
13.  The section entitled "MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT" is deleted in its 
     entirety.

14.  The fourth and fifth paragraphs of the provision entitled "ANNUITY 
     BENEFIT" are deleted in their entirety and a new paragraph is inserted as
     the new fourth paragraph to read as follows:

     If the Annuitant or Owner dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date 
     any remaining payments will be distributed at least as rapidly as under the
     method of distribution being used on the date of death.

15.  OPTION 4 in the provision entitled "ANNUITY OPTIONS" is deleted in 
     its entirety.

16.  A new sentence is added to the end of the provision entitled "ANNUITY 
     TABLE" to read as follows: One year will be deducted from the attained age
     of the Annuitant for every completed three years beyond the year 1987.

     Signed for the Company as of the Effective Date.

     PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY



     /S/ JOHN K. WRIGHT
     Secretary




<PAGE>
   
                             EXHIBIT 4(FF)
                    PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                         2801 Highway 280 South
                        Birmingham, Alabama 35223
    

                              ENDORSEMENT

The Contract to which this Endorsement is attached is amended as of its 
Effective Date as follows:
   
1.  The definition entitled "ANNUITY DEPOSIT" is deleted in its entirety 
    and a new definition is inserted in lieu thereof to read as follows:
    
   
    ANNUITY DEPOSIT(S) - Annuity Deposits (less Premium Taxes, if applicable) 
    made and allocated to the Guaranteed Period(s) you select under this 
    Contract. Each Annuity Deposit and each allocation to a Guaranteed Period 
    must be at least [$10,000]. We reserve the right to limit the amount of 
    your Annuity Deposits. Only one Certificate will be issued regardless of 
    the number of Annuity Deposits you make.
    
2.  The definition entitled "BENEFICIARY" is deleted in its entirety and a 
    new definition is inserted in lieu thereof to read as follows:
   
    BENEFICIARY - The person entitled to receive the benefits of a 
    Certificate issued under this Contract, if any, upon the death of any 
    Participant.
    
   
    PRIMARY - The person named to receive the death benefits upon 
    any Participant's death. Upon the death of any Participant, the surviving 
    Participant, if any, will become the Primary Beneficiary.
    CONTINGENT - The person named to receive the death benefits if the 
    Primary Beneficiary is not living at the time of a Participant's death. 
    If no Beneficiary designation is in effect or if no Beneficiary is living 
    at the time of a Participant's death, the Estate of the deceased 
    Participant will be the Beneficiary.
    IRREVOCABLE - An irrevocable Beneficiary is one whose consent is needed to 
    change the Beneficiary designation, or to exercise certain other rights.
    
3.   A new sentence is inserted at the end of the definition entitled 
     "MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT" to read as follows: The Market Value Adjustment
     is explained on the Schedule.

4.   A new sentence is inserted at the end of the definition entitled 
     "SUB-ACCOUNT VALUE" to read as follows:

     The Sub-Account Value of each Sub-Account under this Contract must be at 
     least [$10,000] at all times.

5.   The last sentence in the definition entitled "SURRENDER CHARGE" is 
     deleted and a new sentence is inserted in lieu thereof to read as follows: 
     The Surrender Charge is explained on the Schedule.

6.   A new provision entitled "ANNUITANT" is added to the section entitled 
     "CONTROL PROVISIONS" to read as follows:

     ANNUITANT
   
     The Participant may change the Annuitant prior to the Annuity 
     Commencement Date. The request must be in Writing. Once it is received 
     and acknowledged at our Home Office, any change will relate back to and 
     take effect on the date the request was signed. The Annuitant is the 
     "Payee" for the purposes of the Annuity Table.
    
   
7.   The second sentence of the provision entitled "BENEFICIARY" is deleted 
     and the following new sentence is inserted as the new second sentence to 
     read as follows: The Participant may change the Beneficiary at anytime.
    
     The seventh, eighth and ninth sentences of the provision entitled 
     "BENEFICIARY" are deleted in their entirety.

8.   The phrase "while the Annuitant is living" is deleted from the first 
     sentence of the provision entitled "CONTROL" and new phrase "prior to 
     the Annuity Commencement Date" is inserted in lieu thereof.

9.   The provisions entitled "DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT OR PARTICIPANT" and 
     "DEATH BENEFIT" are deleted in their entirety and new provisions are 
     inserted in lieu thereof to read as follows:

     DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT OR PARTICIPANT
   
     If an Annuitant is not an Participant and dies prior to the Annuity 
     Commencement Date, the Participant first named on the Application will 
     become the new Annuitant, unless the Participant designates otherwise. 
     If any Participant is not a natural person, the death or change of the 
     Annuitant will be treated as the death of a Participant. If any 
     Participant dies while his or her Certificate is in force prior to the 
     Annuity Commencement Date, a Death Benefit will be payable to the 
     Beneficiary.
    
     DEATH BENEFIT

     The Death Benefit will be determined as of the date due proof of death 
     is received by the Company. If a claim for the Death Benefit is received 
     at our Home Office within [6] months of the date of death, the Death 
     Benefit will equal the greater of: (1) the Account Value, less 
     applicable Premium Taxes; or (2) the Net Account Value. If a claim is 
     received past [6] months after the date of death, the Death Benefit will 
     equal the Net Account Value. If any Participant is not a natural person, 
     upon the change of the Annuitant, the Death Benefit will equal the Net 
     Account Value. Only one Death Benefit is payable under each Certificate, 
     even though a Certificate may continue beyond a Participant's death.
   
     IPD-2080                                                            2/96 
    
                                         1


<PAGE>


     The Death Benefit may be taken in one sum immediately. In all events the 
     entire Death Benefit, including any interest accrued thereon, must be 
     distributed within five years of the date of death unless:
   
     (a)  it is payable over the life of the Beneficiary with distributions 
     beginning within one year of the date of death; or
     (b)  it is payable over a period not extending beyond the life 
     expectancy of the Beneficiary with distributions beginning within one 
     year of the date of death; or
     (c)  the deceased Participant's spouse is the Beneficiary and, in lieu 
     of receiving the Death Benefit, continues the Certificate and becomes 
     the new Participant.
    
   
     If the deceased Participant's spouse continues the Certificate and 
    becomes the new Participant, upon such spouses's death, a Death Benefit 
     will become payable to the new Beneficiary (determined at the time of 
     the spouses's death). The Death Benefit, including any interest accrued 
     thereon must be distributed within five years of the spouse's death.
    
10.  The section entitled "ANNUITY DEPOSIT", including the provision 
     entitled "SUB-ACCOUNTS", is deleted in its entirety.

11.  The section entitled "INTEREST CREDITED AND GUARANTEED PERIODS" is 
     revised as follows:

     The third sentence in the first paragraph is deleted and a new sentence 
     is inserted in lieu to read as follows: You may select from any 
     Guaranteed Period offered by the Company under the Contract at the time 
     the Annuity Deposit or transfer is made.

     The term "Initial" is deleted from the first sentence in the second 
     paragraph. A new sentence is inserted as the new second sentence to read 
     as follows: Transfers from previous Sub-Account(s) to new Sub-Account(s) 
     may be made only at the end of a Guaranteed Period.
   
    
12.  A new sentence is added to the end of the section entitled "PREMIUM 
     TAXES" to read as follows:

     Premium Taxes may also be deducted from the Death Benefit.
   
13.  The section entitled "SURRENDERS-TERMINATION" is revised as follows:
    
     The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to state each 
     remaining Sub-Account Value must be at least [$10,000] after any 
     partial surrender request.

     The second and fourth paragraphs, and the provision entitled "WAIVER OF 
     SURRENDER CHARGES" are deleted in their entirety and a new third paragraph
     is inserted to read as follows:

     The Surrender Value will be calculated by the Company using the following 
     formula:

                          (A-S-M-P), WHERE:
   
     A = the amount of the full or partial surrender;
     S = the amount of Surrender Charge;
     M = the amount of the Market Value Adjustment;
     P = the amount of unpaid Premium Taxes, if any.
    
14.  The section entitled "MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT" is deleted in its 
     entirety.

15.  The fourth and fifth paragraphs of the provision entitled "ANNUITY 
     BENEFIT" are deleted in their entirety and a new paragraph is inserted as 
     the new fourth paragraph to read as follows:

     If the Annuitant or Participant dies on or after the Annuity Commencement
     Date any remaining payments will be distributed at least as rapidly as 
     under the method of distribution being used on the date of death.

16.  OPTION 4 in the provision entitled "ANNUITY OPTIONS" is deleted in 
     its entirety.

17.  A new sentence is added to the end of the provision entitled "ANNUITY 
     TABLE" to read as follows: One year will be deducted from the attained age
     of the Annuitant for every completed three years beyond the year 1987.
   
     Signed for the Company as of the Effective Date, which is the 
     Certificate Date.
    

     PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY



     /S/ JOHN K. WRIGHT
     Secretary











<PAGE>
   
                             EXHIBIT 4(GG)
                    PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                         2801 HIGHWAY 280 SOUTH
                        BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA 35223
    

                              ENDORSEMENT

The Certificate to which this Endorsement is attached is amended as of its 
Effective Date as follows:

1.  The definition entitled "ANNUITY DEPOSIT" is deleted in its entirety 
    and a new definition is inserted in lieu thereof to read as follows:

    ANNUITY DEPOSIT(S) - Annuity Deposits (less Premium Taxes, if applicable) 
    made and allocated to the Guaranteed Period(s) you select under this 
    Certificate. Each Annuity Deposit and each allocation to a Guaranteed 
    Period must be at least [$10,000]. We reserve the right to limit the 
    amount of your Annuity Deposits. Only one Cerfiticate will be issued 
    regardless of the number of Annuity Deposits you make.

2.  The definition entitled "BENEFICIARY" is deleted in its entirety and a 
    new definition is inserted in lieu thereof to read as follows:

    BENEFICIARY - The person entitled to receive the benefits under this 
    Certificate, if any, upon the death of any Participant.

        PRIMARY - The person named to receive the death benefits upon 
        any Participant's death. Upon the death of any Participant, the 
        surviving Participant, if any, will become the Primary Beneficiary.
        CONTINGENT - The person named to receive the death benefits if the 
        Primary Beneficiary is not living at the time of a Participant's 
        death. If no Beneficiary designation is in effect or if no 
        Beneficiary is living at the time of a Participant's death, the 
        Estate of the deceased Participant will be the Beneficiary.
        IRREVOCABLE - An irrevocable Beneficiary is one whose consent is 
        needed to change the Beneficiary designation, or to exercise certain 
        other rights.

3.   The last sentence in the definition entitled "INITIAL GUARANTEED 
     INTEREST RATE" is revised to read as follows: This rate is specified on 
     the Schedule.

4.   A new sentence is inserted at the end of the definition entitled 
     "MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT" to read as follows: The Market Value 
     Adjustment is explained on the Schedule.

5.   A new sentence is inserted at the end of the definition entitled 
     "Sub-Account Value" to read as follows:
   
     The Sub-Account Value of each Sub-Account under this Certificate must be 
     at least [$10,000] at all times.
    
6.   The last sentence in the definition entitled "SURRENDER CHARGE" is 
     deleted and a new sentence is inserted in lieu thereof to read as follows:
     The Surrender Charge is explained on the Schedule.

7.   A new provision entitled "ANNUITANT" is added to the section entitled 
     "CONTROL PROVISIONS" to read as follows:

     ANNUITANT
     The Participant may change the Annuitant prior to the Annuity 
     Commencement Date.  The request must be in Writing.  Once it is received 
     and acknowledged at our Home Office, any change will relate back to and 
     take effect on the date the request was signed.  If an Annuitant is not 
     a Participant and dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the 
     Participant first named on the Application will become the Annuitant, 
     unless the Participant designates otherwise. The Annuitant is the 
     "Payee" for the purposes of the Annuity Table.

8.   The first and third sentences of the provision entitled "BENEFICIARY" 
     are deleted and the following new sentence is inserted as the new second 
     sentence to read as follows.  You may change the Beneficiary at any time.
     
     The last paragraph of the provision entitled "BENEFICIARY" is deleted in 
     it's entirety.

9.   The provisions entitled "DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT OR PARTICIPANT" and 
     "DEATH BENEFIT" are deleted in their entirety and new provisions are 
     inserted in lieu thereof to read as follows:

     DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT OR PARTICIPANT
     If an Annuitant is not a Participant and dies prior to the Annuity 
     Commencement Date, the Participant first named on the Application will 
     become the new Annuitant unless the Participant designates otherwise.  
     If any Participant is not a natural person, the death or change of the 
     Annuitant will be treated as the death of a Participant.  If any 
     Participant dies while this Certificate is in force prior to the Annuity 
     Commencement Date, a Death Benefit will be payable to the Beneficiary.

     DEATH BENEFIT
     The Death Benefit will be determined as of the date due proof of death 
     is received by the Company.  If a claim for the Death Benefit is 
     received at our Home Office within [6] months of the date of death, the 


                                       1
     IPD-2079                                                            2/96



<PAGE>
   
     Death Benefit will equal the greater of: (1) the Account Value, less 
     applicable Premium Taxes; or (2)the Net Account Value.  If a clain is 
     received past [6] months after the date of death, the Death Benefit will 
     equal the Net Account Value.  If any Participant of this Certificate is 
     not a natural person, upon the change of the Annuitant, the Death 
     Benefit will equal the Net Account Value.  Only one Death Benefit is 
     payable under this Certificate, even though the Certificate may continue 
     beyond a Participant's death.
    
     The Death Benefit may be taken in one sum immediatley.  In all events, 
     the entire Death Benefit, including any interest accrued thereon, must 
     be distributed within five years of the date of death unless:

     (a)  it is payable over the life of the Beneficiary with distributions 
          beginning within one year of the date of death; or
     (b)  it is payable over a period not extending beyond the life 
          expectancy of the Beneficiary with distributions beginning within   
          one year of the date of death; or 
     (c)  the deceased Participant's spouse is the Beneficiary and, in lieu 
          of receiving the Death Benefit continues the Certificate and become 
          the new Participant. 

      If the deceased Participant's spouse continues the Certificate and 
      becomes the new Participant, upon such spouse's death, a Death Benefit  
      will become payable to the new Beneficiary (determined at the time of 
      the spouse's death).  The Death Benefit, including any interest accrued 
      thereon, must be distributed within five years of the spouse's death. 

10.   The section entitled "ANNUITY DEPOSIT" including the provision 
      entitled "SUB-ACCOUNTS", is deleted in its entirety.

11.  The section entitled  "INTEREST CREDITED AND GUARANTEED PERIODS" is 
     revised as follows:

     The third sentence in the first paragraph is deleted and a new sentence 
     is inserted in lieu thereof to read as follows:You may select from any 
     Guaranteed Period offered by the Company under the Contract at the time 
     the Annuity Deposit or transfer is made.

     The first sentence in the second paragraph is deleted in its entirety.  
     Two new sentences are inserted to begin the second paragraph to read as 
     follows: You may not transfer a Sub-Account Value to any other 
     Sub-Account(s) prior to the end of the existing Sub-Account's Guaranteed 
     Period.  At the end of any Guaranteed Period a Subsequent Guaranteed 
     Period will begin. 

12.  A new sentence is added to the end of the section entitled "PREMIUM 
     TAXES" to read as follows: 

     Premium Taxes may also be deducted from the Death Benefit.
   
13.  The section entitled  "SURRENDERS-TERMINATION" is revised as follows:
    
     The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to state each 
     remaining Sub-Account Value must be at least [$10,000] after any partial 
     surrender request.

     The second and fourth paragraphs, and the provision entitled "WAIVER OF 
     SURRENDER CHARGES" are deleted in their entirety and a new third 
     paragraph is inserted to read as follows:

     The Surrender Value will be calculated by the Company using the 
     following formula:

                           (A - S - M - P), WHERE:

     A= the amount of the full or partial surrender;
     S= the amount of Surrender Charge;
     M= the amount of the Market Value Adjustment;
     P= the amount of unpaid Premium Taxes, if any.

14.  The section entitled "MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT" is deleted in its 
     entirety.

15.  The third paragraph in the provision entitled "ANNUITY BENEFIT" is 
     deleted in its entirety and a new paragraph is inserted in lieu thereof to 
     read as follows: 

     If the Annuitant or Participant dies on or after the Annuity Commencement 
     Date, any remaining payments will be distributed at least as rapidly as 
     under the method of distribution being used at the time of death.

16.  Option 4 in the provision entitled "ANNUITY OPTIONS" is deleted in its 
     entirety.

17.  A new sentence is added to the end of provision entitled "ANNUITY TABLE" 
     to read as follows:  One year will be deducted from the attained age of 
     the Annuitant for every completed three years beyond the year 1987.


     Signed for the Company as of the Effective Date, which is the 
     Certificate Date.

     PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY



     /S/ JOHN K. WRIGHT
     Secretary


                                       2
IPD-2079                                                            2/96



<PAGE>
   
                                 EXHIBIT 4(HH)
                  INDIVIDUAL MODIFIED GUARANTEED ANNUITY CONTRACT
    
                ACCOUNT VALUE IS SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
                               NON-PARTICIPATING
                            THIS IS A LEGAL CONTRACT
                          READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY

The Company agrees with the Owner to provide the benefits as described in 
this Contract.

YOU HAVE THE RIGHT TO RETURN THIS CONTRACT. YOU MAY CANCEL THIS CONTRACT 
WITHIN TWENTY DAYS AFTER YOU RECEIVE IT BY RETURNING THE CONTRACT TO OUR HOME 
OFFICE OR TO OUR AGENT, WITH A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR CANCELLATION. THE CONTRACT 
WILL BE AS THOUGH IT HAD NEVER BEEN ISSUED. WE WILL PROMPTLY RETURN ANY 
ANNUITY DEPOSIT MADE.

          /S/JOHN K. WRIGHT                   /S/DRAYTON NABERS, JR.


           John K. Wright                       Drayton Nabers, Jr.
             Secretary                               President


                  PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                           P.O. Box 2606
                     Birmingham, Alabama 35202
                          (205) 879-9230
                    (A Stock Insurance Company)





Form No.IPD-2083                                                  2/96



<PAGE>




                             SCHEDULE




____________________________              ________________________________
Owner                                     Joint Owner


____________________________              ________________________________
Annuitant                                 Annuity Commencement Date


____________________________              ________________________________
Contract Number                           Effective Date


                   Guaranteed     Guaranteed      Annuity      Treasury
Sub-Account#         Period      Interest Rate    Deposit        Rate
- ------------       ----------    -------------    -------      ---------

XX0000001-A         3 Years            4.50%    $20,000.00        3.50%
XX0000001-B         5 Years            5.00%    $20,000.00        4.00%
XX0000001-C         7 Years            5.50%    $20,000.00        4.50%
XX0000001-D        10 Years            6.00%    $20,000.00        5.00%
                                                ----------
     TOTAL ANNUITY DEPOSIT                      $80,000.00


SURRENDER CHARGE
   
The Surrender Charge is equal to the Surrender Charge Percentage indicated 
below, applied to the amount of each full or partial surrender requested less 
any amount available under the "INTEREST WITHDRAWAL" provision of this 
Contract at the time of the surrender.
    

       Number of Completed Years                    Surrender Charge
        in a Guaranteed Period                         Percentage
       -------------------------                    ----------------
                   0                                        6%
                   1                                        6%
                   2                                        5%
                   3                                        4%
                   4                                        3%
                   5                                        2%
                   6                                        1%
                   7+                                       0%



                                         2


<PAGE>

   
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
The Market Value Adjustment is equal to the Market Value Adjustment 
Percentage indicated below, applied to the amount of each full or partial 
surrender requested less any amount available under the "INTEREST WITHDRAWAL" 
provision of this Contract at the time of the surrender.
    
   MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT PERCENTAGE = (C~I+0.25%)x(N/12), WHERE:

   C = the Treasury Rate currently established for the same term as the 
   Guaranteed Period from which the surrender is being made;

   I - the Treasury Rate initially established for the Guaranteed Period from 
   which the surrender is being made;

   N = The number of months remaining in the Guaranteed Period from which the 
   surrender is being made.

The Treasury Rate is the annual effective interest rate credited to United 
States Treasury instruments, as published by a nationally recognized source. 
On the fifteenth day and the last day of each month, the Company will 
identify a Treasury Rate for each Guaranteed Period. The method used by the 
Company to determine the Treasury Rates under this Contract shall be 
consistent and is binding upon any Participant, Annuitant and Beneficiary.

                                  INDEX

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
Schedule.............................................................  2
Definitions..........................................................  4
General Provisions...................................................  6
Control Provisions...................................................  7
Premium Taxes........................................................  9
Surrenders-Termination...............................................  9
Interest Credited and Guaranteed Periods.............................  9
Annuity Options...................................................... 10
Annuity Tables....................................................... 12
</TABLE>

                                    3


<PAGE>


DEFINITIONS

ACCOUNT VALUE - The sum of all Sub-Account Values.

ANNUITANT - Annuity payments may depend upon the continuation of the life of 
a person. That person is called an Annuitant and is named on the Schedule.

ANNUITY - A series of predetermined periodic payments.

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE - The date on which annuity payments begin. It is 
shown on the Schedule.

ANNUITY DEPOSIT(S) - Annuity Deposits (less Premium Taxes, if applicable) 
made and allocated to the Guaranteed Period(s) you select under this 
Contract. Each Annuity Deposit and each allocation to a Guaranteed Period 
must be at least [$10,000]. We reserve the right to limit the amount of your 
Annuity Deposits. Only one Contract will be issued regardless of the number 
of Annuity Deposits you make.

BENEFICIARY - The person entitled to receive the benefits under this 
Contract, if any, upon the death of any Owner.

   PRIMARY - The person named to receive the death benefits upon any Owner's 
   death. Upon the death of any Owner, the surviving Owner, if any, will 
   become the Primary Beneficiary.
   CONTINGENT - The person named to receive the death benefits if the Primary 
   Beneficiary is not living at the time of a Owner's death. If no 
   Beneficiary designation is in effect or if no Beneficiary is living at the 
   time of a Owner's death, the Estate of the decreased Owner will be the 
   Beneficiary.
   IRREVOCABLE - An irrevocable Beneficiary is one whose consent is needed to 
   change the Beneficiary designation, or to exercise certain other rights.

EFFECTIVE DATE - The date shown on the Schedule and on which this Contract 
takes effect. Contract Years are measured from the Effective Date.

COMPANY - Protective Life Insurance Company.

GUARANTEED PERIOD - The period for which either an Initial or Subsequent 
Guaranteed Interest Rate will be credited to a Sub-Account under this 
Contract. Guaranteed Periods will be designated as being either "Initial" or 
"Subsequent".

HOME OFFICE - 2081 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama.


                                      4


<PAGE>


INITIAL GUARANTED INTEREST RATE - The effective rate of interest, calculated 
after daily compounding has been taken into account, which is used in 
determining the interest credited to a Sub-Account during the Initial 
Guaranteed Period. This rate is specified in the Schedule.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT - The adjustment made to a Sub-Account Value when a 
partial or full surrender is requested prior to the end of an Initial or 
Subsequent Guaranteed Period. The Market Value Adjustment is explained on the 
Schedule.

NET ACCOUNT VALUE - The sum of all Net Sub-Account Values.

NET SUB-ACCOUNT VALUE - The Sub-Account Value after application of the Market 
Value Adjustment and less any deductions for any Surrender Charges and 
applicable Premium Taxes.

OWNER - The Owner(s) of the Contract. Herein referred to as "you" or "your".

SUB-ACCOUNT - Each Annuity Deposit will be allocated to one or more 
Sub-Accounts as directed by the Owner. Each Sub-Account will correspond to a 
specified Guaranteed Period and guaranteed interest rate you select.
   
SUB-ACCOUNT VALUE - The amount equal to that part of the Annuity Deposit 
allocated by the Owner to a Sub-Account or any amount transferred to a 
Sub-Account or Sub-Accounts at the end of a Guaranteed Period increased by 
all interest credited and decreased by amounts due to previous full or 
partial surrenders (including Surrender Charges, Market Value Adjustments and 
Premium Taxes thereon) and previous interest withdrawals. The Sub-Account 
Value of each Sub-Account under this Contract must be at least [$10,000] at 
all times.
    
SUBSEQUENT GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE - The effective rate of interest, 
calculated after daily compounding has been taken into account, which is 
established by the Company for any applicable Subsequent Guaranteed Period.

SURRENDER CHARGE - A Surrender Charge, if applicable, is deducted from any 
Sub-Account Value from which a partial or full surrender is made prior to the 
end of an Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed Period. The Surrender Charge is 
explained on the Schedule.

SURRENDER DATE - The date the Company receives a written request for a full 
or partial surrender.

SURRENDER VALUE - The amount available for a full or partial surrender.

WE, US, OUR - Protective Life Insurance Company.


                                    5


<PAGE>


WRITING - A written form satisfactory to the Company and filed at the Home 
Office of the Company in Birmingham, Alabama. All correspondence should be 
sent to P.O. Box 2606, Birmingham, Alabama 35202.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

ENTIRE CONTRACT
This Contract, any endorsements attached hereto, and the Application, a copy 
of which is attached, constitute the entire contract. All statements in the 
application, shall be deemed representations and not warranties.

MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT
No change or waiver of the terms of this Contract is valid unless made by us, 
in Writing, and approved by our President, Vice President, or Secretary. We 
reserve the right to change the provisions of this Contract to conform to any 
applicable laws, regulations or rulings issued by a governmental agency.

NON-PARTICIPATING
This Contract does not share in our surplus or profits and does not pay 
dividends.

ERROR IN AGE OR SEX
Questions in the Application concern the Annuitant's date of birth and sex. 
If the date of birth or sex given is not correct, the benefits under this 
Contract shall be adjusted to the amount which would have been payable at the 
correct age and sex. If we made any underpayments on account of any 
misstatement, the amount of any underpayment shall be immediately paid in one 
sum. Any overpayments made shall be deducted from the current or succeeding 
payments due under the Contract.

ASSIGNMENT
Upon notice to us, the Owner may assign his or her rights under this 
Contract. The assignment must be in Writing. We assume no responsibility for 
the validity of any assignment. Any claim under any assignment shall be 
subject to proof of interest and the extent of the assignment.

SETTLEMENT
Any payment by us under this Contract is payable at our Home Office.

FACILITY OF PAYMENT
If the Annuitant or Beneficiary is incapable of giving a valid receipt for 
any payment, we may make such payment to whomever has assumed his or her care 
and principal support. Any such payment shall fully discharge us to the 
extent of the payment.


                                       6


<PAGE>


PROOF OF AGE
Proof of age is required before the first payment will be made under an 
Annuity Option involving lifetime payments.

PROTECTION OF PROCEEDS
To the extent permitted by law, no benefits payable under this Contract will 
be subject to the claims of creditors of any payee.

ANNUAL REPORTS
At least once every year, we will send you a report showing the current 
Account Value, Sub-Account Values and interest credited.

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE CHANGES
Upon notification in Writing, you may change the Annuity Commencement Date. 
Notification must be received at least 30 days before the proposed Annuity 
Commencement Date. The proposed Annuity Commencement Date you select cannot 
be before the end of any Guaranteed Period or later than the Contract Year 
closest to the Annuitant's 85th Birthday.

MINIMUM VALUE STATEMENT
Any values available under the "Surrenders-Termination" provisions of this 
Contract equal or exceed those required by the state in which the Contract is 
delivered.

CONTROL PROVISIONS

ANNUITANT
The Owner may change the Annuitant prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. 
The request must be in Writing. Once it is received and acknowledged at our 
Home Office, any change will relate back to and take effect on the date the 
request was signed. The Annuitant is the "Payee" for the purposes of the 
Annuity Table.

BENEFICIARY
The Beneficiary will be as shown in the Application. You may change the 
Beneficiary at any time. To make a change, we must receive a written request 
satisfactory to us at our Home Office.  If the Beneficiary has been 
designated irrevocably, however, such designation cannot be changed or 
revoked without that Beneficiary's written consent.  Any such change will 
relate back to and take effect on the date the request was signed.  We will 
not be liable for any payment we make before such request has been received 
and acknowledged at our Home Office.  Any payment which has become due under 
this Contract and has not been paid prior to an Owner's death shall be paid 
to the Primary Beneficiary, if living; otherwise to the Contingent 
Beneficiary.

                              7

<PAGE>

CONTROL
You may, while the Annuitant is living, assign the Contract; surrender the 
Contract; amend or modify the Contract with our consent; exercise, receive 
and enjoy every other right and benefit contained in the Contract.  The use 
of the rights may be subject to the consent of any assignee or irrevocable 
Beneficiary.  Except with respect to termination, Joint Owners may provide 
that each Owner alone may exercise all rights, options and privileges.

DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT OR OWNER
If an Annuitant is not an Owner and dies prior to the Annuity Commencement 
Date, the Owner first named on the Application will become the new Annuitant 
unless the Owner designates otherwise.  If any Owner is not a natural person, 
the death or change of the Annuitant will be treated as the death of an 
Owner.  If any Owner dies while this Contract is in force prior to the 
Annuity Commencement Date, a Death Benefit will be payable to the Beneficiary.

DEATH BENEFIT
The Death Benefit will be determined as of the date due proof of death is 
received by the Company.  If a claim for the Death Benefit is received at our 
Home Office within [6] months of the date of death, the Death Benefit will 
equal the greater of: (1) the Account Value, less applicable Premium Taxes; 
or (2) the Net Account Value.  If a claim is received past [6] months after 
the date of death, the Death Benefit will equal the Net Account Value.  If 
any Owner of this Contract is not a natural person, upon the change of the 
Annuitant, the Death Benefit will equal the Net Account Value.  Only one 
Death Benefit is payable under this Contract, even though the Contract may 
continue beyond an Owner's death.

The Death Benefit may be taken in one sum immediately.  In all events the 
entire Death Benefit, including any interest accrued thereon, must be 
distributed within five years of the date of death unless:

(a)    it is payable over the life of the Beneficiary with distributions 
       beginning within one year of the date of death; or
(b)    it is payable over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy 
       of the Beneficiary with distributions beginning within one year of the 
       date of death; or 
(c)    the deceased Owner's spouse is the Beneficiary and, in lieu of 
       receiving the Death Benefit, continues the Contract and becomes the 
       new Owner.

If the deceased Owner's spouse continues the Contract and becomes the new 
Owner, upon such spouse's death, a Death Benefit will become payable to the 
new Beneficiary (determined at the time of the spouse's death).  The Death 
Benefit, including any interest accrued thereon, must be distributed within 
five years of the spouse's death.

                              8

<PAGE>

INTEREST CREDITED AND GUARANTEED PERIODS
The portion of each Annuity Deposit allocated to a Sub-Account will earn 
interest at the Initial Guaranteed Interest Rate for each Contract Year 
during the Initial Guaranteed Period selected for that Sub-Account.  A 
Guaranteed Period is the period of years for which a rate of interest is 
guaranteed.  You may select from any Guaranteed Period offered by the Company 
under the Contract at the time the Annuity Deposit or transfer is made.  
However, Guaranteed Periods cannot extend beyond the Annuity Commencement 
Date then in effect.

You may not transfer a Sub-Account Value to any other Sub-Account(s) prior to 
the end of the existing Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period.  At the end of any 
Guranteed Period a Subsequent Guaranteed Period will begin.  Unless you elect 
a different duration from among those then offered by us within twenty days 
prior to the end of the Guaranteed Period, your Sub-Account Value will be 
automatically transferred to a Subsequent Guaranteed Period of either (1) the 
same duration as your previous Guaranteed Period, if then offered by us; or 
(2) the shortest duration then offered by us which is closest to the same 
duration as your Guaranteed Period.

Your Sub-Account Value at the beginning of any Subsequent Guaranteed Period 
will be equal to your Sub-Account Value at the end of the previous Guaranteed 
Period.  The Sub-Account Value will earn interest at the Subsequent 
Guaranteed Interest Rate for each Contract Year in the Subsequent Guaranteed 
Period. At your request within twenty days prior to the end of any Guaranteed 
Period, the Company will notify you of the then effective Subsequent 
Guaranteed Interest Rate.  The actual Subsequent Guaranteed Interest Rate 
will be determined at the beginning of the Subsequent Guaranteed Period.

PREMIUM TAXES
Premium Taxes (including any related retaliatory taxes, if any) will be 
deducted, if applicable. Premium Taxes may be deducted, as provided under 
applicable law, from the Annuity Deposit when received, upon full or partial 
surrender, or from the amount applied to effect an Annuity at the time the 
annuity payments commence.  Premium Taxes may also be deducted from the Death 
Benefit.

SURRENDERS - TERMINATION
Full surrenders may be made at any time.  Partial surrenders may only be made 
if each remaining Sub-Account Value is at least [$10,000].  You must specify 
the Sub-Accounts from which the partial surrender is to be made.  If a 
Sub-Account has the same Guaranteed Period as any other Sub-Account, the 
partial surrender must come from the Sub-Account with the shortest time 
remaining in the Guaranteed Period.

Surrender Charges and Market Value Adjustments will not apply to full or 
partial surrenders made at the end of an Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed 
Period.  The Surrender      

                              9

<PAGE>

Value will equal the Sub-Account Value on this date. A request for a surrender
at the end of an Initial or Subsequent Guarantee Period must be received in 
Writing within twenty days prior to the end of such Initial or Subsequent 
Guaranteed Period.

The Surrender Value will be calculated by the Company using the following 
formula: 

                        (A - S - M - P), WHERE:

A= the amount of the full or partial surrender;
S= the amount of the Surrender Charge;
M= the amount of the Market Value Adjustment;
P= the amount of unpaid Premium Taxes, if any.

The Company may defer payment of any partial or full surrender for the period 
permitted by law.  In no event will this deferral of payment exceed 6 months 
from the date of receipt of the election to surrender partially or fully.
   
INTEREST WITHDRAWALS
If you notify the Company in Writing at any time during the current Contract 
Year, the Company will send you all or portion of the interest credited 
during the prior Contract Year.  You may only make one withdrawal during a 
Contract Year.  No Surrender Charge or Market Value Adjustment will be 
imposed on such Interest Withdrawals.
    
ANNUITY OPTIONS

ANNUITY BENEFIT 
If the Annuitant is alive on the Annuity Commencement Date and unless 
directed otherwise, the Company will apply the Net Account Value according to 
the Annuity Option elected.

You may elect to have all or a part of the Net Account Value applied on the 
Annuity Commencement Date under any of the Annuity Options described below.  
In the absence of an election, the Net Account Value will be applied on the 
Annuity Commencement Date under Option 2 - Life Income with Payments for a 10 
Year Guaranteed Period.

Elections of any of these options must be made in Writing to the Company at 
least 30 days prior to the date such election is to become effective.

If an Annuitant or Owner dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date any 
remaining payments will be distributed at least as rapidly as under the 
method of distribution being used on the date of death.

                              10

<PAGE>

An Annuity affected under this Contract may not be surrendered after the 
commencement of annuity payments.
   
ANNUITY OPTIONS
OPTION 1 - PAYMENT FOR A FIXED PERIOD.  Equal monthly payments will be made 
for any period of not less than 5 nor more than 30 years.  The amount of each 
payment depends on the total amount applied, the period selected and the 
monthly payment rates we are using when the first payment is due.
    
OPTION 2 - LIFE INCOME WITH PAYMENTS FOR A GUARANTEED PERIOD.  Equal monthly 
payments are based on the life of the named Annuitant.  Payments will 
continue for the lifetime of that person with payments guaranteed for 10 to 
20 years.  Payments stop at the end of the selected guaranteed period or when 
the named person dies, whichever is later.

OPTION 3 - PAYMENTS OF A FIXED AMOUNT.  Equal monthly payments will be made 
for an agreed fixed amount. The amount of each payment may not be less than 
$10 for each $1,000 applied.  Interest will be credited each month on the 
unpaid balance and added to it.  This interest will be at a rate set by us, 
but not less than an effective interest rate of 4% per year.  Payments 
continue until the amount we hold runs out.  The last payment will be for the 
balance only.

MINIMUM AMOUNTS -  We reserve the right to pay the full amount of this 
Contract in one lump sum, if less than $5,000.  If monthly payments are less 
than $100 we may make payments quarterly, semi-annually, at our option.

All elected Annuity Options must comply with current Federal and state 
statutes and Internal Revenue Service Regulations.  If we have available, at 
the time an Annuity Option is elected options or rates on a more favorable 
basis than those guaranteed, the higher benefits shall apply.

ANNUITY TABLES
The attached Annuity Tables show the dollar amount of the monthly payments 
for each $1,000 applied.  The tables are based on the 1983 Individual Annuity 
Mortality Table A projected 4 years with interest at 4% per annum.  One year 
will be deducted from the attained age of the Annuitant for every completed 
three years beyond the year 1987.

                              11



IPD-2083                                                                 2/96

<PAGE>


             MINIMUM MONTHLY PAYMENT RATES FOR EACH $1,000 APPLIED

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OPTION 1 TABLE                                               OPTION 2 TABLE

PAYMENTS FOR A                                         LIFE INCOME WITH PAYMENTS
FIXED PERIOD                                            FOR A GUARANTEED PERIOD

                                             10 YEARS              20 YEARS
          MONTHLY         AGE OF          --------------        ---------------
YEARS     PAYMENT         PAYEE           MALE    FEMALE        MALE     FEMALE
- -----     -------         -----           ----    ------        ----     ------
<S>       <C>             <C>             <C>     <C>           <C>      <C>
  5        18.32           59             5.29      4.83        4.98       4.68
  6        15.56           60             5.40      4.92        5.04       4.74
  7        13.59           61             5.51      5.01        5.10       4.81
  8        12.12           62             5.63      5.10        5.17       4.88
  9        10.97           63             5.75      5.21        5.24       4.95
 10        10.06           64             5.88      5.32        5.30       5.02
 11         9.31           65             6.02      5.43        5.37       5.09
 12         8.69           66             6.16      5.55        5.43       5.17
 13         8.17           67             6.31      5.68        5.49       5.24
 14         7.72           68             6.47      5.82        5.55       5.31
 15         7.34           69             6.63      5.97        5.60       5.38
 16         7.00           70             6.79      6.12        5.65       5.45
 17         6.71           71             6.96      6.28        5.70       5.51
 18         6.64           72             7.13      6.45        5.74       5.58
 19         6.21           73             7.31      6.63        5.78       5.64
 20         6.00           74             7.48      6.81        5.82       5.69
 21         5.81           75             7.66      7.00        5.85       5.74
 22         5.64           76             7.84      7.20        5.88       5.78
 23         5.49           77             8.02      7.40        5.90       5.82
 24         5.35           78             8.20      7.60        5.92       5.85
 25         5.22           79             8.37      7.81        5.94       5.88
 26         5.10           80             8.54      8.10        5.96       5.91
 27         5.00           81             8.70      8.21        5.97       5.93
 28         4.90           82             8.85      8.41        5.98       5.95
 29         4.80           83             8.99      8.59        5.98       5.96
 30         4.72           84             9.12      8.77        5.99       5.97
                           & over         9.25      8.93        5.99       5.98
</TABLE>

Rates for monthly payments for ages not shown in the above tables will be 
calculated on the same basis as those shown and may be obtained from us.  The 
basis for these calculations is the 1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A 
projected 4 years with interest at 4% per annum.


                              12




<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT 24(A)
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
   
We  consent to the inclusion  in this registration statement  on Form S-1 of our
report dated February  12, 1996,  which includes an  explanatory paragraph  with
respect  to  a  change  in  the  Company's  methods  of  accounting  for certain
investments in  debt  and  equity securities  in  1993,  on our  audits  of  the
consolidated   financial  statements   and  financial   statement  schedules  of
Protective Life  Insurance Company  and  subsidiaries. We  also consent  to  the
reference to our firm under the caption "Experts."
    
 
COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
   
Birmingham, Alabama
April 2, 1996
    

<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT 24(B)
 
                    CONSENT OF SUTHERLAND, ASBILL & BRENNAN
 
   
    We consent to the reference to our firm under the heading "Legal Matters" in
the  prospectus included in  the Registration Statement on  Form S-1 for certain
modified guaranteed  annuity  contracts  issued  by  Protective  Life  Insurance
Company.  In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of
persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933.
    
 
                                          SUTHERLAND, ASBILL & BRENNAN
 
   
Washington, D.C.
April 1, 1996
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission